[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

EP2604620A1 - Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues - Google Patents

Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues Download PDF

Info

Publication number
EP2604620A1
EP2604620A1 EP13152340.9A EP13152340A EP2604620A1 EP 2604620 A1 EP2604620 A1 EP 2604620A1 EP 13152340 A EP13152340 A EP 13152340A EP 2604620 A1 EP2604620 A1 EP 2604620A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
alkyl
acyl
alkenyl
pharmaceutically acceptable
alkynyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
EP13152340.9A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP2604620B1 (en
EP2604620B2 (en
EP2604620B9 (en
Inventor
Jeremy Clark
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Gilead Pharmasset LLC
Original Assignee
Gilead Pharmasset LLC
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=33563735&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=EP2604620(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Gilead Pharmasset LLC filed Critical Gilead Pharmasset LLC
Priority to SI200432330T priority Critical patent/SI2604620T2/en
Publication of EP2604620A1 publication Critical patent/EP2604620A1/en
Publication of EP2604620B1 publication Critical patent/EP2604620B1/en
Priority to HRP20160873TT priority patent/HRP20160873T4/en
Priority to HUS1600062C priority patent/HUS1600062I1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Publication of EP2604620B2 publication Critical patent/EP2604620B2/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of EP2604620B9 publication Critical patent/EP2604620B9/en
Expired - Lifetime legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • A61K31/7068—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • A61K31/7068—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid
    • A61K31/7072—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid having two oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. uridine, uridylic acid, thymidine, zidovudine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/16—Antivirals for RNA viruses for influenza or rhinoviruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/048—Pyridine radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/06—Pyrimidine radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/14—Pyrrolo-pyrimidine radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/16—Purine radicals

Definitions

  • the present invention includes (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleosides having the natural ⁇ -D configuration and methods for the treatment of Flaviviridae infections, especially hepatitis C virus (HCV).
  • HCV hepatitis C virus
  • Hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection is a major health problem that leads to chronic liver disease, such as cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma, in a substantial number of infected individuals, estimated to be 2-15% of the world's population.
  • chronic liver disease such as cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma
  • According to the World Health Organization there are more than 200 million infected individuals worldwide, with at least 3 to 4 million people being infected each year. Once infected, about 20% of people clear the virus, but the rest can harbor HCV the rest of their lives.
  • Ten to twenty percent of chronically infected individuals eventually develop liver-destroying cirrhosis or cancer.
  • the viral disease is transmitted parenterally by contaminated blood and blood products, contaminated needles, or sexually and vertically from infected mothers or carrier mothers to their offspring.
  • Current treatments for HCV infection which are restricted to immunotherapy with recombinant interferon- ⁇ alone or in combination with the nucleoside analog ribavirin, are of limited clinical benefit as resistance develops rapidly.
  • the HCV virion is an enveloped positive-strand RNA virus with a single oligoribonucleotide genomic sequence of about 9600 bases which encodes a polyprotein of about 3,010 amino acids.
  • the protein products of the HCV gene consist of the structural proteins C, E1, and E2, and the non-structural proteins NS2, NS3, NS4A and NS4B, and NS5A and NS5B.
  • the nonstructural (NS) proteins are believed to provide the catalytic machinery for viral replication.
  • the NS3 protease releases NS5B, the RNA-dependent RNA polymerase from the polyprotein chain.
  • HCV NS5B polymerase is required for the synthesis of a double-stranded RNA from a single-stranded viral RNA that serves as a template in the replication cycle of HCV. Therefore, NS5B polymerase is considered to be an essential component in the HCV replication complex ( K. Ishi, et al., "Expression of Hepatitis C Virus NS5B Protein: Characterization of Its RNA Polymerase Activity and RNA Binding," Heptology, 29: 1227-1235 (1999 ); V.
  • HCV belongs to a much larger family of viruses that share many common features.
  • the Flaviviridae family of viruses comprises at least three distinct genera: pestiviruses, which cause disease in cattle and pigs; flavivruses, which are the primary cause of diseases such as dengue fever and yellow fever; and hepaciviruses, whose sole member is HCV.
  • the flavivirus genus includes more than 68 members separated into groups on the basis of serological relatedness ( Calisher et al., J. Gen. Virol, 1993,70,37-43 ). Clinical symptoms vary and include fever, encephalitis and hemorrhagic fever ( Fields Virology, Editors: Fields, B. N., Knipe, D. M., and Howley, P.
  • Flaviviruses of global concern that are associated with human disease include the Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever viruses (DHF), yellow fever virus, shock syndrome and Japanese encephalitis virus ( Halstead, S. B., Rev. Infect. Dis., 1984, 6, 251-264 ; Halstead, S. B., Science, 239:476-481, 1988 ; Monath, T. P., New Eng. J. Med, 1988, 319, 641-643 ).
  • DHF Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever viruses
  • yellow fever virus yellow fever virus
  • shock syndrome and Japanese encephalitis virus
  • the pestivirus genus includes bovine viral diarrhea virus (BVDV), classical swine fever virus (CSFV, also called hog cholera virus) and border disease virus (BDV) of sheep ( Moennig, V. et al. Adv. Vir. Res. 1992, 41, 53-98 ).
  • BVDV bovine viral diarrhea virus
  • CSFV classical swine fever virus
  • BDV border disease virus
  • Pestivirus infections of domesticated livestock (cattle, pigs and sheep) cause significant economic losses worldwide.
  • BVDV causes mucosal disease in cattle and is of significant economic importance to the livestock industry ( Meyers, G. and Thiel, H.J., Advances in Virus Research, 1996, 47, 53-118 ; Moennig V., et al, Adv. Vir. Res. 1992, 41, 53-98 ).
  • Human pestiviruses have not been as extensively characterized as the animal pestiviruses. However, serological surveys indicate considerable pestivirus exposure in humans.
  • Pestiviruses and hepaciviruses are closely related virus groups within the Flaviviridae family.
  • Other closely related viruses in this family include the GB virus A, GB virus A-like agents, GB virus-B and GB virus-C (also called hepatitis G virus, HGV).
  • the hepacivirus group (hepatitis C virus; HCV) consists of a number of closely related but genotypically distinguishable viruses that infect humans. There are at least 6 HCV genotypes and more than 50 subtypes.
  • bovine viral diarrhea virus Due to the similarities between pestiviruses and hepaciviruses, combined with the poor ability of hepaciviruses to grow efficiently in cell culture, bovine viral diarrhea virus (BVDV) is often used as a surrogate to study the HCV virus.
  • BVDV bovine viral diarrhea virus
  • RNA viruses possess a single large open reading frame (ORF) encoding all the viral proteins necessary for virus replication. These proteins are expressed as a polyprotein that is co-and post-translationally processed by both cellular and virus-encoded proteinases to yield the mature viral proteins.
  • the viral proteins responsible for the replication of the viral genome RNA are located within approximately the carboxy-terminal. Two-thirds of the ORF are termed nonstructural (NS) proteins.
  • NS nonstructural
  • the mature nonstructural (NS) proteins in sequential order from the amino-terminus of the nonstructural protein coding region to the carboxy-terminus of the ORF, consist of p7, NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, and NS5B.
  • the NS proteins of pestiviruses and hepaciviruses share sequence domains that are characteristic of specific protein functions.
  • the NS3 proteins of viruses in both groups possess amino acid sequence motifs characteristic of serine proteinases and of helicases ( Gorbalenya et al. (1988) Nature 333:22 ; Bazan and Fletterick (1989) Virology 171:637-639 ; Gorbalenya et al. (1989) Nucleic Acid Res. 17.3889-3897 ).
  • the NS5B proteins of pestiviruses and hepaciviruses have the motifs characteristic of RNA-directed RNA polymerases ( Koonin, E.V. and Dolja, V.V. (1993) Crir. Rev. Biochem. Molec. Biol. 28:375-430 ).
  • NS3 serine proteinase is responsible for all proteolytic processing of polyprotein precursors downstream of its position in the ORF ( Wiskerchen and Collett (1991) Virology 184:341-350 ; Bartenschlager et al. (1993) J. Virol. 67:3835-3844 ; Eckart et al. (1993) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 192:399-406 ; Grakoui et al. (1993; J. Virol. 67:2832-2843 ; Grakoui et al.
  • NS4A protein acts as a cofactor with the NS3 serine protease ( Bartenschlager et al. (1994) J. Virol. 68:5045-5055 ; Failla et al. (1994) J. Virol. 68: 3753-3760 ; Xu et al. (1997) J. Virol. 71:53 12-5322 ).
  • the NS3 protein of both viruses also functions as a helicase ( Kim et al. (1995) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 215: 160-166 ; Jin and Peterson (1995) Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 323:47-53 ; Warrener and Collett (1995) J. Virol. 69:1720-1726 ).
  • the NS5B proteins of pestiviruses and hepaciviruses have the predicted RNA-directed RNA polymerases activity ( Behrens et al. (1996) EMBO. 15:12-22 ; Lechmann et al. (1997) J. Virol. 71:8416-8428 ; Yuan et al. (1997) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 232:231-235 ; Hagedorn, PCT WO 97/12033 ; Zhong et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72.9365-9369 ).
  • IFNs Interferons
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,980,884 to Blatt et al. discloses methods for retreatment of patients afflicted with HCV using consensus interferon.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,942,223 to Bazer et al. discloses an anti-HCV therapy using ovine or bovine interferon-tau.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,928,636 to Alber et al. discloses the combination therapy of interleukin-12 and interferon alpha for the treatment of infectious diseases including HCV.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,830,455 to Valtuena et al. discloses a combination HCV therapy employing interferon and a free radical scavenger.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,738,845 to Imakawa discloses the use of human interferon tau proteins for treating HCV.
  • Other interferon-based treatments for HCV are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,676,942 to Testa et al. , U.S. Patent No. 5,372,808 to Blatt et al. , and U.S. Patent No. 5,849,696 .
  • a number of patents also disclose pegylated forms of interferon, such as U.S. Patent Nos. 5,747,646 , 5,792,834 and 5,834,594 to Hoffmann-La Roche; PCT Publication No. WO 99/32139 and WO 99/32140 to Enzon ; WO 95/13090 and U.S. Patent Nos. 5,738,846 and 5,711,944 to Schering ; and U.S. Patent No. 5,908,621 to Glue et al.
  • Interferon alpha-2a and interferon alpha-2b are currently approved as monotherapy for the treatment of HCV.
  • ROFERON®-A (Roche) is the recombinant form of interferon alpha-2a.
  • PEGASYS® (Roche) is the pegylated (i.e. polyethylene glycol modified) form of interferon alpha-2a.
  • INTRON®A (Schering Corporation) is the recombinant form of Interferon alpha-2b
  • PEG-INTRON® Schering Corporation
  • interferon alpha as well as interferon beta, gamma, tau and omega are currently in clinical development for the treatment of HCV.
  • INFERGEN interferon alphacon-1 by InterMune
  • OMNIFERON natural interferon
  • ALBUFERON Human Genome Sciences
  • REBIF interferon beta-la
  • Ares-Serono Omega Interferon by BioMedicine
  • Oral Interferon Alpha by Amarillo Biosciences
  • interferon gamma, interferon tau, and interferon gamma-lb by InterMune
  • Ribavirin (1- ⁇ -D-ribofuranosyl-1-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxamide) is a synthetic, non-interferon-inducing, broad spectrum antiviral nucleoside analog sold under the trade name, Virazole ( The Merck Index, 11th edition, Editor: Budavari, S., Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, NJ, p1304, 1989 ). United States Patent No. 3,798,209 and RE29,835 disclose and claim ribavirin. Ribavirin is structurally similar to guanosine, and has in vitro activity against several DNA and RNA viruses including Flaviviridae ( Gary L. Davis. Gastroenterology 118: 5104-51 14, 2000 ).
  • Ribavirin reduces serum amino transferase levels to normal in 40% of patients, but it does not lower serum levels of HCV-RNA (Gary L. Davis, 2000). Thus, ribavirin alone is not effective in reducing viral RNA levels. Additionally, ribavirin has significant toxicity and is known to induce anemia. Ribavirin is not approved for monotherapy against HCV. It has been approved in combination with interferon alpha-2a or interferon alpha-2b for the treatment of HCV.
  • Ribavirin is a known inosine monophosphate dehydrogenease inhibitor that does not have specific anti-HCV activity in the HCV replicon system ( Stuyver et al. Journal of Virology, 2003, 77, 10689-10694 ).
  • the current standard of care for chronic hepatitis C is combination therapy with an alpha interferon and ribavirin.
  • the combination of interferon and ribavirin for the treatment of HCV infection has been reported to be effective in the treatment of interferon naive patients ( Battaglia, A.M. et al., Ann. Pharmacother. 34:487-494, 2000 ), as well as for treatment of patients when histological disease is present ( Berenguer, M. et al. Antivir. Ther. 3(Suppl. 3): 125-136, 1998 ).
  • PCT Publication Nos. WO 99/59621 , WO 00/37110 , WO 01/81359 , WO 02/32414 and WO 03/02446 1 by Schering Corporation disclose the use of pegylated interferon alpha and ribavirin combination therapy for the treatment of HCV.
  • PCT Publication Nos. WO 99/15 194 , WO 99/64016 , and WO 00/24355 by Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. also disclose the use of pegylated interferon alpha and ribavirin combination therapy for the treatment of HCV.
  • HCV-derived enzymes such as protease, helicase, and polymerase inhibitors are being developed.
  • Drugs that inhibit other steps in HCV replication are also in development, for example, drugs that block production of HCV antigens from the RNA (IRES inhibitors), drugs that prevent the normal processing of HCV proteins (inhibitors of glycosylation), drugs that block entry of HCV into cells (by blocking its receptor) and nonspecific cytoprotective agents that block cell injury caused by the virus infection.
  • ribozymes which are enzymes that break down specific viral RNA molecules
  • antisense oligonucleotides which are small complementary segments of DNA that bind to viral RNA and inhibit viral replication
  • RNA interference techniques are under investigation ( Bymock et al. Antiviral Chemistry & Chemotherapy, 11:2; 79-95 (2000 ); De Francesco et al. in Antiviral Research, 58: 1-16 (2003 ); and Kronke et al., J. Virol., 78:3436-3446 (2004 ).
  • Bovine viral diarrhea virus is a pestivirus belonging to the family Flaviviridae and has been used as a surrogate for in vitro testing of potential antiviral agents. While activity against BVDV may suggest activity against other flaviviruses, often a compound can be inactive against BVDV and active against another flavivirus. Sommadossi and La Colla have revealed (“Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses", PCT WO 01/92282 ) that ribonucleosides containing a methyl group at the 2' "up" position have activity against BVDV.
  • Dengue virus is the causative agent of Dengue hemorrhagic fever (DHF).
  • DHF Dengue hemorrhagic fever
  • WHO world Health Organization
  • two fifths of the world population are now at risk for infection with this virus.
  • An estimated 500,000 cases of DHF require hospitalization each year with a mortality rate of 5% in children.
  • WNV West Nile virus
  • Idenix Pharmaceuticals discloses the use of certain branched nucleosides in the treatment of flaviviruses (including HCV) and pestiviruses in International Publication Nos. WO 01/90121 and WO 01/92282 .
  • a method for the treatment of hepatitis C virus infection (and flaviviruses and pestiviruses) in humans and other host animals is disclosed in the Idenix publications that includes administering an effective amount of a biologically active 1', 2', 3' or 4'-branched ⁇ -D or ⁇ -L nucleosides or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or derivative thereof, administered either alone or in combination with another antiviral agent, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • WO 2004/002422 to Idenix published January 8, 2004 discloses a family of 2'-methyl nucleosides for the treatment of flavivirus infections.
  • WO 2004/002999 to Idenix published January 8, 2004 discloses a series of 2' or 3' prodrugs of 1', 2', 3', or 4' branch nucleosides for the treatement of flavivirus infections including HCV infections.
  • WO 2004/007512 to Merck & Co. discloses a number of nucleoside compounds disclosed as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase.
  • the nucleosides disclosed in this publication are primarily 2'-methyl-2'-hydroxy substituted nucleosides.
  • WO 02/057287 to Merck et al. published July 25, 2002 discloses a large genus of pyrimidine derivative nucleosides of the 2'-methyl-2'-hydroxy substitutions.
  • WO 2004/009020 to Merck et al. discloses a series of thionucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA dependent RNA viral prolymerase.
  • WO 03/105770 to Merck et al. discloses a series of carbocyclic nucleoside derivatives that are useful for the treatment of HCV infections.
  • PCT Publication No. WO 99/43691 to Emory University, entitled “2'-Fluoronucleosides” discloses the use of certain 2'-fluoronucleosides to treat HCV.
  • U.S. Patent No. 6,348,587 to Emory University entitled “2'-fluoronucleosides” discloses a family of 2'-fluoronucleosides useful for the treatment of hepatitis B, HCV, HIV and abnormal cellular proliferation. The 2' substituent is disclosed to be in either the "up” or "down” position.
  • Rigel Pharmaceuticals is developing a non-nucleoside HCV polymerase inhibitor, R803, that shows promise as being synergistic with IFN and ribavirin. 13)
  • R803 non-nucleoside HCV polymerase inhibitor
  • Nucleoside prodrugs have been previously described for the treatment of other forms of hepatitis.
  • WO 00/09531 and WO 01/96353 to Idenix Pharmaceuticals discloses 2'-deoxy- ⁇ -L-nucleosides and their 3'-prodrugs for the treatment of HBV.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,957,924 to Beauchamp discloses various therapeutic esters of acyclovir.
  • HCV Hepatitis C virus
  • DENV Dengue virus
  • WNV West Nile virus
  • the present invention provides a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside ( ⁇ -D or ⁇ -L), or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, and the use of such compounds for the treatment of a host infected with a virus belonging to the Flaviviridae family, including hepatitis C, West Nile Virus and yellow fever virus.
  • the nucleosides of the present invention show actively against rhinovirus.
  • Rhinoviruses (RVs) are small (30 nm), non-enveloped viruses that contain a single-strand ribonucleic acid (RNA) genome within an icosahedral (20-sided) capsid.
  • RVs belong to the Picornaviridae family, which includes the genera Enterovirus (polioviruses, coxsackieviruses groups A and B, echoviruses, numbered enteroviruses) and Hepatovirus (hepatitis A virus). Approximately 101 serotypes are identified currently. Rhinoviruses are most frequently associated with the common cold, nasopharyngitis, croup, pneumonia, otitis media and asthma exacerbations.
  • the inventor has made the unexpected discovery that the 2' substitutions on the ⁇ -D or ⁇ -L nucleosides of the present invention impart greater specificity for hepatitis C virus as well as exhibiting lower toxicity following administration to a host.
  • the invention also includes a method for treating a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus and yellow fever virus and rhinovirus infection, that includes the administration of an anti-virally effective amount of a ⁇ -D or ⁇ -L nucleoside disclosed herein, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, optionally in combination or alternation with another effective antiviral agent.
  • the nucleosides of the present invention possess the unique properties of having greater specificity for the hepatitis C virus and lower toxicity in culture or when administered into an animal.
  • One potential, but non-limiting reason for this is the presence of the 2'-fluoro substitution on the ribose ring.
  • U.S. Patent No. 6,348,587 to Schinazi et al. discloses a family of 2'-fluoro nucleoside compounds that are useful in the treatment of hepatitis C virus infection.
  • the antivirally effective nucleoside is a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside ( ⁇ -D or ⁇ -L) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the general formula: wherein
  • the Base can be selected from wherein
  • the (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof can be of the formula: wherein
  • compositions comprising any of the (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside ( ⁇ -D or ⁇ -L)described herein or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the present invention also provides in various aspects, methods for the treatment or prophylaxis of hepatitis C virus infection, West Nile virus infection, a yellow fever viral infection or a rhinovirus infection comprising administering to a host an antivirally effective amount of a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside disclosed herein.
  • the invention also includes methods for treating or preventing Flaviviridae infection, including all members of the Hepacivirus genus (HCV), Pestivirus genus (BVDV, CSFV, BDV), or Flavivirus genus (Dengue virus, Japanese encephalitis virus group (including West Nile Virus), and Yellow Fever virus).
  • the (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl ⁇ -D-nucleoside has an EC 50 (effective concentration to achieve 50% inhibition) when tested in an appropriate cell-based assay, of less than 15 micromolar, and more particularly, less than 10 or 5 micromolar.
  • the nucleoside is enantiomerically enriched.
  • the present invention also provides methods for the treatment or prophylaxis of a hepatitis C virus infection, West Nile virus infection, a yellow fever viral infection or a rhinovirus infection in a host comprising administering an effective amount of a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleosides ( ⁇ -D or ⁇ -L) disclosed herein, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other effective antiviral agent(s), optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent thereof, as described herein.
  • a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleosides ⁇ -D or ⁇ -L
  • Nonlimiting examples of the types of antiviral agents or their prodrugs that can be used in combination with the compounds disclosed herein include, but are not limited to: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon in combination with ribavirin; a protease inhibitor including NS3 inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene;
  • nucleosides of the present invention illustrate some general methodology to obtain the nucleosides of the present invention. Specifically, the synthesis of the present nucleosides can be achieved by either of two general means:
  • L-enantiomers corresponding to the compounds of the invention can be prepared following the same general methods (Schemes 1 or 2), beginning with the corresponding L-carbohydrate building block or nucleoside L-enantiomer as the starting material.
  • the present invention includes at least the following general features:
  • the present invention provides (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleosides and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs for the treatment of hepatitis C virus infection, West Nile virus infection, a yellow fever viral infection or a rhinovirus infection in a host.
  • the disclosed compounds or their pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives or salts or pharmaceutically acceptable formulations containing these compounds are useful in the prevention and treatment of HCV infections.
  • these compounds or formulations can be used prophylactically to prevent or retard the progression of clinical illness in individuals who are anti-HCV antigen positive or who have been exposed to HCV.
  • the compounds disclosed herein can be converted into a pharmaceutically acceptable ester by reaction with an appropriate esterifying agent, for example, an acid halide or anhydride.
  • an appropriate esterifying agent for example, an acid halide or anhydride.
  • the compound or its pharmaceutically acceptable derivative can be converted into a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a conventional manner, for example, by treatment with an appropriate base.
  • the ester or salt of the compound can be converted into the parent compound, for example, by hydrolysis.
  • both R a can be carbon, both R a can be nitrogen, or one R a can be carbon and the other R a nitrogen.
  • enantiomerically pure or “enantiomerically enriched” refers to a nucleoside composition that comprises at least approximately 95%, and preferably approximately 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% of a single enantiomer of that nucleoside.
  • the term “substantially free of” or “substantially in the absence of” refers to a nucleoside composition that includes at least 85 or 90% by weight, preferably 95% to 98% by weight, and even more preferably 99% to 100% by weight, of the designated enantiomer of that nucleoside. In a preferred embodiment, in the methods and compounds of this invention, the compounds are substantially free of enantiomers.
  • isolated refers to a nucleoside composition that includes at least 85 or 90% by weight, preferably 95% to 98% by weight, and even more preferably 99% to 100% by weight, of the nucleoside, the remainder comprising other chemical species or enantiomers.
  • alkyl refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic, primary, secondary, or tertiary hydrocarbon of typically C 1 to C 10 , and specifically includes methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, and 2,3-dimethylbutyl.
  • Alkyl groups can be optionally substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, or any other viable functional group that does not inhibit the pharmacological activity of this compound, either unprotected, or protected, as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999 , hereby incorporated by reference.
  • lower alkyl refers to a C 1 to C 4 saturated straight, branched, or if appropriate, a cyclic (for example, cyclopropyl) alkyl group, including both substituted and unsubstituted forms. Unless otherwise specifically stated in this application, when alkyl is a suitable moiety, lower alkyl is preferred. Similarly, when alkyl or lower alkyl is a suitable moiety, unsubstituted alkyl or lower alkyl is preferred.
  • alkylamino or arylamino refer to an amino group that has one or two alkyl or aryl substituents, respectively.
  • protected refers to a group that is added to an oxygen, nitrogen, or phosphorus atom to prevent its further reaction or for other purposes.
  • oxygen and nitrogen protecting groups are known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
  • Non-limiting examples include: C(O)-alkyl, C(O)Ph, C(O)aryl, CH 3 , CH 2 -alkyl, CH 2 -alkenyl, CH 2 Ph, CH 2 -aryl, CH 2 O-alkyl, CH 2 O-aryl, SO 2 -alkyl, SO 2 -aryl, tert -butyldimethylsilyl, tert -butyldiphenylsilyl, and 1,3-(1, 1,3,3-tetraisopropyldisiloxanylidene).
  • aryl refers to phenyl, biphenyl, or naphthyl, and preferably phenyl.
  • the term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties.
  • the aryl group can be substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999 .
  • alkaryl or “alkylaryl” refer to an alkyl group with an aryl substituent.
  • aralkyl or arylalkyl refer to an aryl group with an alkyl substituent.
  • halo includes chloro, bromo, iodo and fluoro.
  • acyl refers to a carboxylic acid ester in which the non-carbonyl moiety of the ester group is selected from straight, branched, or cyclic alkyl or lower alkyl, alkoxyalkyl including methoxymethyl, aralkyl including benzyl, aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl, aryl including phenyl optionally substituted with halogen (F, Cl, Br, I), C 1 to C 4 alkyl or C 1 to C 4 alkoxy, sulfonate esters such as alkyl or aralkyl sulphonyl including methanesulfonyl, the mono, di or triphosphate ester, trityl or monomethoxytrityl, substituted benzyl, trialkylsilyl (e.g. dimefhyl-t-butylsilyl) or diphenylmefhylsilyl.
  • Aryl groups in the esters optimally comprise
  • lower acyl refers to an acyl group in which the non-carbonyl moiety is lower alkyl.
  • purine or "pyrimidine” base includes, but is not limited to, adenine, N 6 -alkylpurines, N 6 -acylpurines (wherein acyl is C(O)(alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, or arylalkyl), N 6 -benzylpurine, N 6 -halopurine, N ⁇ -vinylpurine, N 6 -acetylenic purine, N 6 -acyl purine, N 6 -hydroxyalkyl purine, N 6 -allcylaminopurine, N 6 -thioallcyl purine, N 2 -alkylpurines, N 2 -alkyl-6-fhiopurines, thymine, cytosine, 5-fluorocytosine, 5-mefhylcytosine, 6-azapyrimidine, including 6-azacytosine, 2-and/or 4-mercaptopyrmidine, uracil, 5-halouracil, including 5-
  • Purine bases include, but are not limited to, guanine, adenine, hypoxanthine, 2,6-diaminopurine, and 6-chloropurine. Functional oxygen and nitrogen groups on the base can be protected as necessary or desired. Suitable protecting groups are well known to those skilled in the art, and include trimethylsilyl, dimethylhexylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, and t-butyldiphenylsilyl, trityl, alkyl groups, and acyl groups such as acetyl and propionyl, methanesulfonyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl.
  • acyl refers to a group of the formula C(O)R', wherein R' is an straight, branched, or cyclic alkyl (including lower alkyl), amino acid, aryl including phenyl, ailcaryl, aralkyl including benzyl, alkoxyalkyl including methoxymethyl, aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl; or substituted ailcyl (including lower alkyl), aryl including phenyl optionally substituted with chioro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, C 1 to C 4 alkyl or C 1 to C 4 alkoxy, sulfonate esters such as alkyl or aralkyl sulphonyl including methanesulfonyl, the mono, di or triphosphate ester, trityl or monomethoxy-trityl, substituted benzyl, alkaryl, aralkyl
  • Aryl groups in the esters optimally comprise a phenyl group.
  • acyl groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, methylacetyl, cyclopropylacetyl, cyclopropyl carboxy, propionyl, butyryl, hexanoyl, heptanoyl, octanoyl, neo-heptanoyl, phenylacetyl, 2-acetoxy-2-phenylacetyl, diphenylacetyl, ⁇ -methoxy- ⁇ ;-trifluoromethyl-phenylacetyl, bromoacetyl, 2-nitro-benzeneacetyl, 4-chloro-benzeneacetyl, 2-chloro-2,2-diphenylacetyl, 2-chloro-2-phenylacetyl, trimethylacetyl, chlorodifluoroacetyl, perfluoro acety
  • acyl when the term acyl is used, it is meant to be a specific and independent disclosure of acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, methylacetyl, cyclopropylacetyl, propionyl, butyryl, hexanoyl, heptanoyl, octanoyl, neo-heptanoyl, phenylacetyl, diphenylacetyl, ct-trifluoromethyl-phenylacetyl, bromoacetyl, 4-chloro-benzeneacetyl, 2-chloro-2,2-diphenylacetyl, 2-chloro-2-phenylacetyl, trimethylacetyl, chlorodifluoroacetyl, perfluoroacetyl, fluoroacetyl, bromodifluoroacetyl, 2-thiopheneacetyl, tert-butylacetyl, t
  • amino acid includes naturally occurring and synthetic ⁇ , ⁇ ⁇ or ⁇ amino acids, and includes but is not limited to, amino acids found in proteins, i.e. glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, proline, serine, threonine, cysteine, tyrosine, asparagine, glutamine, aspartate, glutamate, lysine, arginine and histidine.
  • the amino acid is in the 1-configuration.
  • the amino acid can be a derivative of alanyl, valinyl, leucinyl, isoleucinyl, prolinyl, phenylalaninyl, tryptophanyl, methioninyl, glycinyl, serinyl, threoninyl, cysteinyl, tyrosinyl, asparaginyl, glutaminyl, aspartoyl, glutaroyl, lysinyl, argininyl, histidinyl, ⁇ -alanyl, ⁇ -valinyl, ⁇ -leucinyl, ⁇ -isoleucinyl, ⁇ -prolinyl, ⁇ -phenylalaninyl, ⁇ -tryptophanyl, ⁇ -methioninyl, ⁇ -glycinyl, ⁇ -serinyl, ⁇ -threoninyl, ⁇ -cysteinyl
  • amino acid When the term amino acid is used, it is considered to be a specific and independent disclosure of each of the esters of ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ or ⁇ glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, proline, serine, threonine, cysteine, tyrosine, asparagine, glutamine, aspartate, glutamate, lysine, arginine and histidine in the D and L-configurations.
  • the term "host,” as used herein, refers to a unicellular or multicellular organism in which the virus can replicate, including cell lines and animals, and preferably a human. Alternatively, the host can be carrying a part of the viral genome, whose replication or functions can be altered by the compounds of the present invention.
  • the term host specifically refers to infected cells, cells transfected with all or part of the viral genome, and animals, in particular, primates and humans. In most animal applications of the present invention, the host is a human patient. Veterinary applications, in certain indications, however, are clearly anticipated by the present invention.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug is used throughout the specification to describe any pharmaceutically acceptable form (such as an ester, phosphate ester, salt of an ester or a related group) of a compound which, upon administration to a patient, provides the active compound.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic bases and acids. Suitable salts include those derived from alkali metals such as potassium and sodium, alkaline earth metals such as calcium and magnesium, among numerous other acids well known in the pharmaceutical art.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs refer to a compound that is metabolized, for example hydrolyzed or oxidized, in the host to form the compound of the present invention.
  • prodrugs include compounds that have biologically labile protecting groups on a functional moiety of the active compound.
  • Prodrugs include compounds that can be oxidized, reduced, aminated, deaminated, hydroxylated, dehydroxylated, hydrolyzed, dehydrolyzed, alkylated, dealkylated, acylated, deacylated, phosphorylated, dephosphorylated to produce the active compound.
  • a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof is provided of the structure: wherein Base refers to a naturally occurring or modified purine or pyrimidine base; X is O, S, CH 2 , Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW, C(W) 2 , wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
  • a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof is provided of the structure: wherein Base, R 1 , R 2 R 2' , R 6 and R 7 are as defined above.
  • a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof is provided of the structure: wherein Base is selected from and, wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 2' ,R3, R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and Y are as defined above.
  • a fifth embodiment provides a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the structure: wherein Base refers to a naturally occurring or modified purine or pyrimidine base; R 7 is independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate,
  • a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof is provided of the structure: wherein Base refers to a naturally occurring or modified purine or pyrimidine base; and wherein R 1 and R 7 are as defined above.
  • a seventh embodiment provides a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the structure: wherein Base is selected from and wherein X, Y, R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 7 and R'are as defined above.
  • a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof is provided of the structure: wherein Base is selected from and, wherein Y, R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 7 and R' are as defined above.
  • a ninth embodiment provides a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the structure: wherein Base is: and wherein X is defined as above, R 1 is H, R 2 is OH, R 2 ' is H, R 3 is H, R 4 is NH 2 or OH, and R 6 is H.
  • a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof is provided of the structure: wherein Base is: and wherein R 1 is H, R 2 is OH, R 2' is H, R 3 is H, R 4 is NH 2 or OH, and R 6 is H.
  • An eleventh embodiment provides a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the structure: wherein Base is: and wherein X is defined as above, R 1 is H, R 3 is H, R 4 is NH 2 or OH, R 6 is H, and R 7 is H.
  • a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof is provided of the structure: wherein Base is: and wherein R 1 is H, R 3 is H, R 4 is NH 2 or OH, and R 7 is H.
  • a thirteenth embodiment provides a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the structure:
  • a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or product thereof is provided by the structure: wherein X, R 1 , R 6 and R 7 are as defined above.
  • a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or product thereof is provided by the structure: wherein R 1 , R 6 and R 7 are as defined above.
  • a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside nucleoside, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or product thereof is provided by the structure:
  • a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or product thereof is provided by the structure: wherein X and R 1 are as defined above.
  • a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or product thereof is provided by the structure:
  • a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or product thereof is provided by the structure: wherein X and R 1 are as defined above.
  • a (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or product thereof is provided by the structure:
  • the present invention also contemplates 5'-triphosphate triphosphoric acid ester derivates of the 5'-hydroxyl group of a nucleoside compound of the present invention having the following general structural formula: wherein Base, X, R 2 , R 2' , and R 6 are as defined as above.
  • the compounds of the present invention are also intended to include pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the triphosphate ester as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts of 5'-diphosphate and 5'-monophosphate ester derivatives of the following structural formulas, respectively. wherein Base, X, R 2 , R 2' and R 6 are as defined above.
  • phosphoric acid derivatives are the nucleosides of the present invention.
  • any phosphate nucleoside derivative can include a 5'-(S-acyl-2-thioethyl)phosphate or "SATE" mono or diester derivative of the 5'-monophosphates.
  • N-4 amino group on a phosphate nucleoside derivative can be replaced with H, F, Cl, Br or I.
  • Additional embodiments include 3' and/or 5' produrgs as described in more detail herein.
  • the fluorinated derivatives are preferred. Fluorine is viewed as "isosteric" with hydrogen because of its size (Van der Waals radii for H is 1.20A and for F 1.35A). However, the atomic weight (18.998) and electronegativity of fluorine (4.0 [Pauling's scale], 4.000 [Sanderson's scale]) are more similar to oxygen (3.5 [Pauling]. 3.654 [Sanderson]) than hydrogen (2.1 [Pauling], 2.592 [Sanderson]) ( March, J., "Advances in Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure” Third edition, 1985, p. 14., Wiley Interscience, New York ).
  • Fluorine is known to be capable of forming a hydrogen bond, but unlike a hydroxyl group (which can act both as proton acceptor and proton donor) fluorine acts only as a proton acceptor.
  • 2'-fluoro- ribo nucleosides can be viewed as analogues of both ribonucleosides and deoxynucleosides. They may be better recognized by viral RNA polymerase at the triphosphate level than by the host RNA polymerase thus selectively inhibiting the viral enzyme.
  • compositions include those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic bases and acids.
  • Suitable salts include those derived from alkali metals such as potassium and sodium, alkaline earth metals such as calcium and magnesium, among numerous other acids well known in the pharmaceutical art.
  • examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are organic acid addition salts formed with acids, which form a physiological acceptable anion, for example, tosylate, methanesulfonate, acetate, citrate, malonate, tartarate, succinate, benzoate, ascorbate, ⁇ -ketoglutarate, and ⁇ -glycerophosphate.
  • Suitable inorganic salts may also be formed, including, sulfate, nitrate, bicarbonate, and carbonate salts.
  • salts may be obtained using standard procedures well known in the art, for example by reacting a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine with a suitable acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion.
  • a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine
  • a suitable acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion.
  • Alkali metal (for example, sodium, potassium or lithium) or alkaline earth metal (for example calcium) salts of carboxylic acids can also be made.
  • nucleosides described herein can be administered as a nucleotide prodrug to increase the activity, bioavailability, stability or otherwise alter the properties of the nucleoside.
  • a number of nucleotide prodrug ligands are known.
  • alkylation, acylation or other lipophilic modification of the mono, di or triphosphate of the nucleoside will increase the stability of the nucleotide.
  • substituent groups that can replace one or more hydrogens on the phosphate moiety are alkyl, aryl, steroids, carbohydrates, including sugars, 1,2-diacylglycerol and alcohols. Many are described in R. Jones and N. Bischofberger, Antiviral Research, 27 (1995) 1-17 . Any of these can be used in combination with the disclosed nucleosides to achieve a desired effect.
  • the active nucleoside can also be provided as a 5'-phosphoether lipid or a 5'-ether lipid, as disclosed in the following references, which are incorporated by reference herein: Kucera, L.S., N. Iyer, E. Leake, A. Raben, Modest E.K., D.L.W., and C. Piantadosi. 1990. "Novel membrane-interactive ether lipid analogs that inhibit infectious HIV-1 production and induce defective virus formation.” AIDS Res. Hum. Retro Viruses. 6:491-501 ; Piantadosi, C., J. Marasco C.J., S.L. Morris-Natschke, K.L. Meyer, F. Gumus, J.R. Surles, K.S.
  • Nonlimiting examples of U.S. patents that disclose suitable lipophilic substituents that can be covalently incorporated into the nucleoside, preferably at the 5'-OH position of the nucleoside or lipophilic preparations include U.S. Patent Nos. 5,149,794 ; 5,194,654 ; 5,223,263 ; 5,256,641 ; 5,411,947 ; 5,463,092 ; 5,543,389 ; 5,543,390 ; 5,543,391 ; and 5,554,728 , all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • compositions based upon a ⁇ -D or ⁇ -L compound disclosed herein or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug can be prepared in a therapeutically effective amount for treating a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection, optionally in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable additive, carrier or excipient.
  • the therapeutically effective amount may vary with the infection or condition to be treated, its severity, the treatment regimen to be employed, the pharmacokinetics of the agent used, as well as the patient treated.
  • the compound according to the present invention is formulated preferably in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier In general, it is preferable to administer the pharmaceutical composition in orally administrable form, but formulations may be administered via parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular, transdermal, buccal, subcutaneous, suppository or other route. Intravenous and intramuscular formulations are preferably administered in sterile saline.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art may modify the formulation within the teachings of the specification to provide numerous formulations for a particular route of administration without rendering the compositions of the present invention unstable or compromising its therapeutic activity.
  • a modification of a desired compound to render it more soluble in water or other vehicle for example, may be easily accomplished by routine modification (salt formulation, esterification, etc.).
  • the prodrug form of the compound is preferred.
  • acylated (acetylated or other) and ether derivatives, phosphate esters and various salt forms of the present compounds is preferred.
  • One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize how to readily modify the present compound to a prodrug form to facilitate delivery of active compound to a targeted site within the host organism or patient.
  • the artisan also will take advantage of favorable pharmacokinetic parameters of the prodrug form, where applicable, in delivering the desired compound to a targeted site within the host organism or patient to maximize the intended effect of the compound in the treatment of a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection.
  • the amount of compound included within therapeutically active formulations, according to the present invention is an effective amount for treating the infection or condition, in preferred embodiments, a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of the present compound in pharmaceutical dosage form usually ranges from about 50 mg to about 2,000 mg or more, depending upon the compound used, the condition or infection treated and the route of administration.
  • a prophylactically or preventively effective amount of the compositions, according to the present invention falls within the same concentration range as set forth above for therapeutically effective amount and is usually the same as a therapeutically effective amount.
  • Administration of the active compound may range from continuous (intravenous drip) to several oral administrations per day (for example, Q.I.D., B.I.D., etc.) and may include oral, topical, parenteral, intramuscular, intravenous, subcutaneous, transdermal (which may include a penetration enhancement agent), buccal and suppository administration, among other routes of administration.
  • Enteric-coated oral tablets may also be used to enhance bioavailability and stability of the compounds from an oral route of administration.
  • the most effective dosage form will depend upon the pharmacokinetics of the particular agent chosen, as well as the severity of disease in the patient. Oral dosage forms are particularly preferred, because of ease of administration and prospective favorable patient compliance.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the compounds according to the present invention is preferably mixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques to produce a dose.
  • a carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral.
  • any of the usual pharmaceutical media may be used.
  • suitable carriers and additives including water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like may be used.
  • suitable carriers and additives including starches, sugar carriers, such as dextrose, mannitol, lactose and related carriers, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents and the like may be used.
  • the tablets or capsules may be enteric-coated for sustained release by standard techniques. The use of these dosage forms may significantly impact the bioavailability of the compounds in the patient.
  • the carrier will usually comprise sterile water or aqueous sodium chloride solution, though other ingredients, including those that aid dispersion, also may be included.
  • sterile water is to be used and maintained as sterile, the compositions and carriers must also be sterilized.
  • injectable suspensions may also be prepared, in which case appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents and the like may be employed.
  • Liposomal suspensions may also be prepared by conventional methods to produce pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. This may be appropriate for the delivery of free nucleosides, acyl nucleosides or phosphate ester prodrug forms of the nucleoside compounds according to the present invention.
  • the compounds and compositions are used to treat, prevent or delay the onset of a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection.
  • the present compounds are preferably administered orally, but may be administered parenterally, topically or in suppository form.
  • the compounds according to the present invention may be advantageously employed prophylactically to prevent a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection or to prevent the occurrence of clinical symptoms associated with the viral infection or condition.
  • the present invention also encompasses methods for the prophylactic treatment of viral infection, and in particular a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection.
  • the present compositions are used to prevent or delay the onset of a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection.
  • This prophylactic method comprises administration to a patient in need of such treatment, or who is at risk for the development of the virus or condition, an amount of a compound according to the present invention effective for alleviating, preventing or delaying the onset of the viral infection or condition.
  • the antiviral compound utilized should be low in toxicity and preferably non-toxic to the patient.
  • the compound that is used should be maximally effective against the virus or condition and should exhibit a minimum of toxicity to the patient.
  • a Flaviviridae infection including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection
  • compounds according to the present invention which may be used to treat these disease states, may be administered within the same dosage range for therapeutic treatment (i.e., about 250 micrograms up to 1 gram or more from one to four times per day for an oral dosage form) as a prophylactic agent to prevent the proliferation of the viral infection, or alternatively, to prolong the onset of the viral infection, which manifests itself in clinical symptoms.
  • compounds according to the present invention can be administered in combination or alternation with one or more antiviral agents, including other compounds of the present invention.
  • Certain compounds according to the present invention may be effective for enhancing the biological activity of certain agents according to the present invention by reducing the metabolism, catabolism or inactivation of other compounds and as such, are co-administered for this intended effect.
  • nucleosides of the present invention have several chiral centers and may exist in and be isolated in optically active and racemic forms. Some compounds may exhibit polymorphism. It is to be understood that the present invention encompasses any racemic, optically active, diastereomeric, polymorphic, or stereoisomeric form, or mixtures thereof, of a compound of the invention, which possess the useful properties described herein. It being well known in the art how to prepare optically active forms (for example, by resolution of the racemic form by recrystallization techniques, by synthesis from optically-active starting materials, by chiral synthesis, or by chromatographic separation using a chiral stationary phase).
  • Carbons of the nucleoside are chiral, their nonhydrogen substituents (the base and the CHOR groups, respectively) can be either cis (on the same side) or trans (on opposite sides) with respect to the sugar ring system.
  • the four optical isomers therefore are represented by the following configurations (when orienting the sugar moiety in a horizontal plane such that the oxygen atom is in the back): cis (with both groups "up”, which corresponds to the configuration of naturally occurring ⁇ -D nucleosides), cis (with both groups "down”, which is a nonnaturally occurring ⁇ -L configuration), trans (with the C2' substituent "up” and the C4' substituent "down"), and trans (with the C2' substituent "down” and the C4' substituent "up”).
  • the "D-nucleosides” are cis nucleosides in a natural configuration and the "L-nucleosides” are cis nucleosides in the nonnatural
  • optically active materials examples include at least the following.
  • Chiral chromatography including simulated moving bed chromatography, is used in one embodiment.
  • a wide variety of chiral stationary phases are commercially available.
  • nucleosides described herein may exist as tautomers, such as, keto-enol tautomers.
  • the individual tautomers as well as mixtures thereof are intended to be encompassed within the compounds of the present invention as illustrated below.
  • the first drawn structure is the preferred form.
  • the active compound can be administered as any salt or prodrug that upon administration to the recipient is capable of providing directly or indirectly the parent compound, or that exhibits activity itself.
  • Nonlimiting examples are the pharmaceutically acceptable salts (alternatively referred to as "physiologically acceptable salts"), and a compound, which has been alkylated, acylated, or otherwise modified at the 5'-position, or on the purine or pyrimidine base (a type of "pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug"). Further, the modifications can affect the biological activity of the compound, in some cases increasing the activity over the parent compound. This can easily be assessed by preparing the salt or prodrug and testing its antiviral activity according to the methods described herein, or other methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts are organic acid addition salts formed by addition of acids, which form a physiological acceptable anion, for example, tosylate, methanesulfonate, acetate, citrate, malonate, tartarate, succinate, benzoate, ascorate, a-ketoglutarate, a-glycerophosphate, formate, fumarate, propionate, glycolate, lactate, pyruvate, oxalate, maleate, and salicylate.
  • acids which form a physiological acceptable anion
  • Suitable inorganic salts may also be formed, including, sulfate, nitrate, bicarbonate, carbonate salts, hydrobromate and phosphoric acid.
  • the salt is a mono- or di- hydrochloride salt.
  • salts may be obtained using standard procedures well known in the art, for example by reacting a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine with a suitable acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion.
  • Alkali metal (for example, sodium, potassium or lithium) or alkaline earth metal (for example calcium) salts of carboxylic acids can also be made.
  • the salt is a hydrochloride, hydrobromide, or mesylate salt of the compound.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a dihydrochloride, dihydrobromide, or dimesylate salt.
  • nucleosides described herein can be administered as a nucleotide prodrug to increase the activity, bioavailability, stability or otherwise alter the properties of the nucleoside.
  • a number of nucleotide prodrug ligands are known.
  • alkylation, acylation or other lipophilic modification of the mono-, di- or triphosphate of the nucleoside reduces polarity and allows passage into cells.
  • substituent groups that can replace one or more hydrogens on the phosphate moiety are ailcyl, aryl, steroids, carbohydrates, including sugars, 1,2-diacylglycerol and alcohols. Many are described in R. Jones and N. Bisehoferger, Antiviral Research, 1995, 27:1-17 . Any of these can be used in combination with the disclosed nucleosides to achieve a desired effect.
  • the nucleoside is delivered as a phosphonate or a SATE derivative.
  • the active nucleoside can also be provided as a 2'-, 3'- and/or 5'-phosphoether lipid or a 2'-, 3'- and/or 5'-ether lipid.
  • Non-limiting examples are described include the following references, which are incorporated by reference herein: Kucera, L.S., N. Iyer, E. Leake, A. Raben, Modest E.K., D.L.W., and C. Piantadosi. 1990. "Novel membrane-interactive ether lipid analogs that inhibit infectious HIV-1 production and induce defective virus formation.” AIDS Res. Hum. Retro Viruses. 6:491-501 ; Piantadosi, C., J. Marasco C.J., S.L.
  • Nonlimiting examples of U.S. patents that disclose suitable lipophilic substituents that can be covalently incorporated into the nucleoside, preferably at the 2'-, 3'- and/or 5'-OH position of the nucleoside or lipophilic preparations include U.S. Patent Nos. 5,149,794 (Sep. 22, 1992, Yatvin et al. ); 5,194,654 (Mar. 16, 1993, Hostetler et al. , 5,223,263 (June 29, 1993, Hostetler et al. ); 5,256,641 (Oct. 26, 1993, Yatvin et al. ); 5,411,947 (May 2, 1995, Hostetler et al.
  • Aryl esters especially phenyl esters, are also provided.
  • Nonlimiting examples are disclosed in DeLambert et al., J. Med. Chem. 37: 498 (1994 ).
  • Phenyl esters containing a carboxylic ester ortho to the phosphate are also provided. Khaninei and Torrence, J. Med. Chem.; 39:41094115 (1996 ).
  • benzyl esters, which generate the parent compound, in some cases using substituents at the ortho- or para-position to accelerate hydrolysis are provided. Examples of this class of prodrugs are described by Mitchell et al., J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. I2345 (1992 ); Brook, et al. WO 91/19721 ; and Glazier et al. WO 91/1 9721 .
  • Cyclic and noncyclic phosphonate esters are also provided. Nonlimiting examples are disclosed in Hunston et al., J. Med. Chem. 27: 440-444 (1984 ) and Starrett et al. J. Med. Chem. 37: 1857-1864 (1994 ). Additionally, cyclic 3',5'-phosphate esters are provided. Nonlimiting examples are disclosed in Meier et al. J. Med. Chem. 22: 811-815 (1979 ). Cyclic 1',3'-propanyl phosphonate and phosphate esters, such as ones containing a fused aryl ring, i.e.
  • Cyclic phosphoramidates are known to cleave in vivo by an oxidative mechanism. Therefore, in one embodiment of the present invention, a variety of substituted 1',3' propanyl cyclic phosphoramidates are provided. Non-limiting examples are disclosed by Zon, Progress in Med. Chem. 19, 1205 (1982 ). Additionally, a number of 2'- and 3'- substituted proesters are provided.
  • 2'-Substituents include methyl, dimethyl, bromo, trifluoromethyl, chloro, hydroxy, and methoxy; 3'-substituents including phenyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, propyl, i-propyl, and cyclohexyl. A variety of 1'-substituted analogs are also provided.
  • Cyclic esters of phosphorus-containing compounds are also provided. Non-limiting examples are described in the following:
  • the invention also provides N 4 - acyl prodrugs.
  • N 4 -acyl derivative of (2' R )-2'-F-2'- C -methylcytidine is shown below: wherein R can be any acyl group as described herein.
  • the prodrug of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside includes biologically cleavable moieties at the 3' and/or 5' positions.
  • Preferred moieties are natural of synthetic D or L amino acid esters, including D or L -valyl, though preferably L - amino acids esters, such as L -valyl, and alkyl esters including acetyl.
  • this invention specifically includes 3'- L or D - amino acid ester and 3', 5'- L or D - diamino acid ester of (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside ( ⁇ -D or ⁇ -L) nucleosides, preferably L -amino acid, with any desired purine or pyrimidine base, wherein the parent drug optionally has an EC 50 of less than 15 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 10 micromolar; 3'-(alkyl or aryl) ester or 3',5'- L - di(alkyl or aryl) ester of (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methyl nucleoside ( ⁇ -D or ( ⁇ -D) with any desired purine or pyrimidine base, wherein the parent drug optionally has an EC 50 of less than 10 or 15 micromolar; and prodrugs of 3',5'-dies
  • Non-limiting examples of prodrugs falling within the invention are:
  • the active compound or its derivative or salt can be administered in combination or alternation with another antiviral agent.
  • effective dosages of two or more agents are administered together, whereas during alternation therapy, an effective dosage of each agent is administered serially.
  • the dosage will depend on absorption, inactivation and excretion rates of the drug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It is to be noted that dosage values will also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens and schedules should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions.
  • any antiviral drug or therapy can be used in combination or alternation with any nucleoside of the present invention.
  • Any of the viral treatments described in the Background of the Invention can be used in combination or alternation with the compounds described in this specification.
  • Nonlimiting examples of the types of antiviral agents or their prodrugs that can be used in combination with the compounds disclosed herein include: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside
  • drugs or their prodrugs described above include: acyclovir (ACV), ganciclovir (GCV or DHPG) and its prodrugs (e.g. valyl-ganciclovir), E-5-(2-bromovinyl)-2'-deoxyuridine (BVDU), (E)-5-vinyl-1- ⁇ -D-arabonosyluracil (VaraU), (E)-5-(2-bromovinyl)-1- ⁇ -D-arabinosyluracil (BV-araU), 1-(2-deoxy-2-fluoro- ⁇ -D-arabinosyl)-5-iodocytosine (D-FIAC), 1-(2-deoxy-2-fluoro- ⁇ -D-arabinosyl)-5-methyluracil (L-FMAU, or clevudine), ( S )-9-(3-hydroxy-2-phosphonylmethoxypropyl)adenine [( S )-HPMP
  • Hosts including humans, infected with pestivirus, flavivirus, HCV infection, or any other condition described herein, or another organism replicating through a RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase, or for treating any other disorder described herein, can be treated by administering to the patient an effective amount of the active compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug or salt thereof in the presence of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or dilutent.
  • the active materials can be administered by any appropriate route, for example, orally, parenterally, intravenously, intradermally, subcutaneously, or topically, in liquid or solid form.
  • a preferred dose of the compound for a Flaviviridae infection including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus and yellow fever virus and rhinovirus infection will be in the range from about 50 to about 2000 mg one to four times per day. Lower doses may be useful, and thus ranges can include from 50 - 1,000 mg one to four times per day.
  • the effective dosage range of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs can be calculated based on the weight of the parent nucleoside to be delivered. If the salt or prodrug exhibits activity in itself the effective dosage can be estimated as above using the weight of the salt or prodrug, or by other means known to those skilled in the art.
  • the compound is conveniently administered in unit any suitable dosage form, including but not limited to one containing 25 to 3000 mg, preferably 50 to 2000 mg of active ingredient per unit dosage form.
  • An oral dosage of 50-1000 mg is usually convenient, including in one or multiple dosage forms of 50, 100, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900 or 1000 mgs.
  • Also contemplated are doses of 0.1-50 mg, or 0.1-20 mg or 0.1-10.0 mg.
  • lower doses may be utilized in the case of administration by a non-oral route, as, for example, by injection or inhalation.
  • the active ingredient should be administered to achieve peak plasma concentrations (C max ) of the active compound of from about 5.0 to 70 ⁇ M, preferably about 5.0 to 15 ⁇ M. This may be achieved, for example, by the intravenous injection of a 0.1 to 5% solution of the active ingredient, optionally in saline, or administered as a bolus of the active ingredient.
  • C max peak plasma concentrations
  • the concentration of active compound in the drug composition will depend on absorption, inactivation and excretion rates of the drug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It is to be noted that dosage values will also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that the concentration ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed composition.
  • the active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at varying intervals of time.
  • Oral compositions will generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They may be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets.
  • the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
  • the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
  • a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
  • an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch
  • a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes
  • a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide
  • the compound can be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, chewing gum or the like.
  • a syrup may contain, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors.
  • the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug or salts thereof can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action, such as antibiotics, antifungals, anti-inflammatories, or other antivirals, including other nucleoside compounds.
  • Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, subutaneous, or topical application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose.
  • the parental preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
  • preferred carriers are physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
  • the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation.
  • Liposomal suspensions are also preferred as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These may be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art. For example, liposome formulations may be prepared by dissolving appropriate lipid(s) (such as stearoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine, stearoyl phosphatidyl choline, arachadoyl phosphatidyl choline, and cholesterol) in an inorganic solvent that is then evaporated, leaving behind a thin film of dried lipid on the surface of the container. An aqueous solution of the active compound or its monophosphate, diphosphate, and/or triphosphate derivatives is then introduced into the container. The container is then swirled by hand to free lipid material from the sides of the container and to disperse lipid aggregates, thereby forming the liposomal suspension.
  • appropriate lipid(s) such as stearoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine, stearoyl phosphatidyl choline, arachado
  • Huh7 cells harboring the HCV replicon can be cultivated in DMEM media (high glucose, no pyruvate) containing 10% fetal bovine serum, 1X non-essential Amino Acids, Pen-Strep-Glu (100 units/liter, 100 microgram/liter, and 2.92 mg/liter, respectively) and 500 to 1000 microgram/milliliter G418.
  • Antiviral screening assays can be done in the same media without G418 as follows: in order to keep cells in logarithmic growth phase, cells are seeded in a 96-well plate at low density, for example 1000 cells per well. The test compound is added immediately after seeding the cells and incubate for a period of 3 to 7 days at 37°C in an incubator.
  • Replicon RNA can then be amplified in a Q-RT-PCR protocol, and quantified accordingly.
  • the observed differences in replicon HCV RNA levels compared to the untreated control is one way to express the antiviral potency of the test compound.
  • a compound might reduce the viral RNA polymerase activity, but not the host RNA polymerase activity. Therefore, quantification of r RNA or beta-actin m RNA (or any other host RNA fragment) and comparison with RNA levels of the no-drug control is a relative measurement of the inhibitory effect of the test compound on cellular RNA polymerases.
  • Huh-7 cells are obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Rockville, MD), and are grown in 225 cm 2 tissue culture flasks in minimal essential medium supplemented with non-essential amino acids, 1% penicillin-streptomycin. The medium is renewed every three days, and the cells are sub cultured once a week. After detachment of the adherent monolayer with a 10 minute exposure to 30 mL of trypsin-EDTA and three consecutive washes with medium, confluent Huh-7 cells are seeded at a density of 2.5 x 10 6 cells per well in a 6-well plate and exposed to 10 ⁇ M of [ 3 H] labeled active compound (500 dpm/pmol) for the specified time periods.
  • the cells are maintained at 37 °C under a 5% CO 2 atmosphere. At the selected time points, the cells are washed three times with ice-cold phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). Intracellular active compound and its respective metabolites are extracted by incubating the cell pellet overnight at -20 °C with 60% methanol followed by extraction with an additional 20 ⁇ L of cold methanol for one hour in an ice bath. The extracts are then combined, dried under gentle filtered air flow and stored at -20 °C until HPLC analysis.
  • PBS ice-cold phosphate-buffered saline
  • the cynomolgus monkey is surgically implanted with a chronic venous catheter and subcutaneous venous access port (VAP) to facilitate blood collection and underwent a physical examination including hematology and serum chemistry evaluations and the body weight was recorded.
  • VAP chronic venous catheter and subcutaneous venous access port
  • Each monkey (six total) receives approximately 250 ⁇ Ci of 3 H-labled compound combined with each dose of active compound at a dose level of 10 mg/kg at a dose concentration of 5 mg/mL, either via an intravenous bolus (3 monkeys, IV), or via oral gavage (3 monkeys, PO).
  • Each dosing syringe is weighed before dosing to gravimetrically determine the quantity of formulation administered.
  • Urine samples are collected via pan catch at the designated intervals (approximately 18-0 hours pre-dose, 0-4, 4-8 and 8-12 hours post-dosage) and processed. Blood samples are collected as well (pre-dose, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8, 12 and 24 hours post-dosage) via the chronic venous catheter and VAP or from a peripheral vessel if the chronic venous catheter procedure should not be possible.
  • the blood and urine samples are analyzed for the maximum concentration (C max ), time when the maximum concentration is achieved (T max ), area under the curve (AUC), half life of the dosage concentration (T 1/2 ), clearance (CL), steady state volume and distribution (V ss ) and bioavailability (F).
  • Human bone marrow cells are collected from normal healthy volunteers and the mononuclear population are separated by Ficoll-Hypaque gradient centrifugation as described previously by Sommadossi J-P, Carlisle R. "Toxicity of 3'-azido-3'-deoxythymidine and 9-(1,3 ⁇ dihydroxy-2-propoxymethyl)guanine for normal human hematopoietic progenitor cells in vitro" Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 1987; 31:452-454 ; and Sommadossi J-P, Schinazi RF, Chu CK, Xie M-Y.
  • the extracted DNA was amplified and the change in mitochondrial DNA and ribosomal DNA for each sample was determined. The fold difference in mitochondrial DNA normalized for ribosomal DNA relative to control was calculated.
  • Lactic acid quantification was performed by the D-Lactic Acid/ L-Lactic acid test kit (Boehringer Mannheim/ R-Biopharm/ Roche). The total amount of lactic acid produced for each sample was found as well as the fold change in lactic acid production (% of lactic acid / % of rDNA) as described in the manufacturers instructions.
  • MTS dye was added from Cell Titer Aqueous One Solution Cell Proliferation Assay to each well and the plate was re-incubated for 2-4 hours. The absorbance (490 nm) was then read on an ELISA plate reader using the media only/ no cell wells as blanks. Percent inhibition was found and used to calculate the CC 50 .
  • In vivo toxicity was also determined following injections into female Swiss mice of the various nucleosides declosed in the present invention. Intraperitenal injections were given on days 0, day 1, day 2, day 3, and day 5 of varying doses of the particular nucleoside. Separate animals were injected with vehicle as control groups. In these studies, each dosing group contained 5-10 mice. The average weight change in each of the mice was measured as a sign of toxicity of the compound.
  • Madin-Darby Bovine Kidney (MDBK) cells were grown in Dulbecco's modified eagle medium supplemented with 10% horse serum and 100 ⁇ g/ml penicillin-streptomycin. Cells were seeded in a 96-well plate at 5 x10 3 cells /well and incubated for 72h at 37°C in a humidified 5% CO 2 atmosphere. Cells were infected with either cytopathic (NADL strain) or noncytopathic (SD-1 strain) BVDV at a virus dilution of 10 -2 and incubated for 45 min. Cell monolayers were washed three times with medium.
  • NADL strain cytopathic
  • SD-1 strain noncytopathic
  • Schemes 1 and 2 Two representative general methods for the preparation of compounds of the present invention are outlined in Schemes 1 and 2 while more specific examples of these general methods are provided in Scheme 3 (Example 1), Scheme 4 (Example 2), Scheme 5 (Example 3), and Scheme 6 (Example 4).
  • Scheme 1 represents a generalized process starting from a (2R) 2-deoxy-2-methyl-2-fluoro-carbohydrate and forms the nucleosides of the present invention by condensing with a nucleobase.
  • Scheme 2 starts from a pre-formed, purine or pyrimidine nucleoside, optionally substituted at C-4' and constructs the C-2' (R) methyl, fluoro nucleosides of the present invention. While these schemes illustrate the syntheses of compounds of the present invention of general formulas (I) and (II) wherein there is a furanose ring in the ⁇ -D-ribo configuration, this is not intended to be a limitation on the scope of the process invention in any way, and they should not be so construed.
  • nucleoside and nucleotide synthesis will readily appreciate that known variations of the conditions and processes of the following preparative procedures and known manipulations of the nucleobase can be used to prepare these and other compounds of the present invention. Additionally, the L-enantiomers corresponding to the compounds of the invention can be prepared following the same methods, beginning with the corresponding L-carbohydrate building block or nucleoside L-enantiomer as the starting material.
  • Step 1 in Scheme 1 introduces the 2-methyl group by using an appropriate alkylating agent such as methyllithium, trimethylaluminum, or methylmagnesium bromide in an anhydrous solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), chloroform, or diethyl ether.
  • an appropriate alkylating agent such as methyllithium, trimethylaluminum, or methylmagnesium bromide in an anhydrous solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), chloroform, or diethyl ether.
  • Step 2 introduces the fluorine atom at the 2- position of the alkyl furanoside.
  • This can be achieved by treatment of the tertiary alcohol, 1-2, with a commercially available fluorinating reagent such as (diemylamino)sulfur trifluoride (DAST) or Deoxofluor in an anhydrous, aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, chloroform, dichloromethane, or toluene.
  • DAST diemylamino)sulfur trifluoride
  • aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, chloroform, dichloromethane, or toluene.
  • the stereochemistry proceeds with inversion of configuration at C-2. That is, starting from a C-2 hydroxyl "up” (or arabinofuranoside) in structure 1-2, the C-2 fluorine is "down" in the intermediate ribofuranoside 1-3.
  • the optional protecting groups (Pg) can be deprotected and reprotected to groups more suitable for the remaining manipulations ( T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999 ).
  • benzyl ethers (Bn) may be difficult to remove in the protected nucleoside, 1-5 and may be deprotected and replaced with a group more facile to remove from the nucleoside of structural type 1-5.
  • the anomeric position (C-1) can also be optionally manipulated to a suitable group for the coupling reaction with the nucleobase (step 4).
  • the alkyl group in 1-3 may be converted to an acetate, benzoate, mesylate, tosylate, triflate, or tosylate, for example, by first hydrolyzing the 1 -Oalkyl group to a 1-hydroxyl group by using a mineral acid consisting of but not limited to sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, and hydrobromic acid or an organic acid consisting of but not limited to trifluoroacetic acid, acetic acid, and formic acid (at ambient temperature or elavated temperature).
  • a mineral acid consisting of but not limited to sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, and hydrobromic acid
  • an organic acid consisting of but not limited to trifluoroacetic acid, acetic acid, and formic acid (at ambient temperature or elavated temperature).
  • the reducing sugar could then be converted to the desired carbohydrate by treatment with acetyl chloride, acetic anhydride, benzyol chloride, benzoic anhydride, methanesulfonyl chloride, triflic anhydride, trifyl chloride, or tosyl chloride in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine, pyridine, or dimethylaminopyridine.
  • a suitable base such as triethylamine, pyridine, or dimethylaminopyridine.
  • the nucleosidic linkage is constructed by treatment of intermediate 1-3 or 1-4 with the appropriate persilylated nucleobase in the presence of a lewis acid such as tin tetrachloride, titanium tetrachloride, trimethylsilyltriflate, or a mercury (II) reagent (HgO/HgBr 2 ) usually at an elavated temperature in an aprotic solvent such as toluene, acetonitrile, benzene, or a mixture of any or all of these solvents.
  • a lewis acid such as tin tetrachloride, titanium tetrachloride, trimethylsilyltriflate, or a mercury (II) reagent (HgO/HgBr 2 ) usually at an elavated temperature in an aprotic solvent such as toluene, acetonitrile, benzene, or a mixture of any or all of these solvents.
  • the optional protecting groups in the protected nucleosides or structural formula 1-5 can be cleaved following established deprotection methodologies ( T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999 ).
  • the starting material for this process is an appropriately substituted purine or pyrimidine nucleoside with a 2'-OH and 2'-H.
  • the nucleoside can be purchased or can be prepared by any known means including standard coupling techniques.
  • the nucleoside can be optionally protected with suitable protecting groups, preferably with acyl or silyl groups, by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999 .
  • the purine or pyrimidine nucleoside can then be oxidized at the 2'-position with the appropriate oxidizing agent in a compatible solvent at a suitable temperature to yield the 2'-modified nucleoside.
  • Possible oxidizing agents are a mixture of dimethylsulfoxide, trifluoroacetic anhydride or acetic anhydride (a Swern/Moffat oxidiation), chromium trioxide or other chromate reagent, Dess-Martin periodinane, or by ruthenium tetroxide/sodium periodate.
  • nucleoside 2'-ketone is then alkylated using such alkylating agents methyllithium, trimethylaluminum, methylmagnesium bromide, or similar reagents in an anhydrous solvent such tetrahydrofuran (THF), chloroform, or diethyl ether usually at temperatures below 0 °C.
  • alkylating agents methyllithium, trimethylaluminum, methylmagnesium bromide, or similar reagents in an anhydrous solvent such tetrahydrofuran (THF), chloroform, or diethyl ether usually at temperatures below 0 °C.
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • chloroform chloroform
  • diethyl ether diethyl ether usually at temperatures below 0 °C.
  • Compounds of the structural formula 2-3 are preferred to have the 2'(S) or 2'-methyl "down", 2'-OH "up" configuration.
  • the nucleoside of structure 2-3 can be deprotected and reprotected with a number of protecting groups such as an O -acyl (alkyl or aryl), O -sulfonyl, or an N-acyl (alkyl or aryl) for the base.
  • This optional reprotection step need not be limited to protecting groups that function as chemical protecting groups.
  • Other protecting groups such as long chain acyl groups of between 6 and 18 carbon units or amino acids can be introduced independently on the nucleobase or the sugar.
  • the protecting groups can serve as prodrugs of the active substance.
  • Step 5 introduces the fluorine atom at the 2' position of the pre-formed nucleoside.
  • This can be achieved by treatement of the tertiary alcohol, 2-4, with a commercially available fluorinating reagent such as (diethylamino)sulfur trifluoride (DAST) or Deoxofluor in an anhydrous, aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, chloroform, dichloromethane, or toluene.
  • DAST diethylamino)sulfur trifluoride
  • Deoxofluor in an anhydrous, aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, chloroform, dichloromethane, or toluene.
  • the stereochemistry proceeds with inversion of configuration at the 2' position.
  • the C-2' flourine is "down” in the intermediate nucleoside 2-5.
  • the absolute configuration of a nucleoside of structure 2-4 is (2' S ) while the absolute configuration of a nucleoside of structure 2-5 is (2' R ).
  • nucleosides of structural type 2-5 can be deprotected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999 .
  • Step 1 Compound 3-1 (7.7 g, 0.022 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous diethyl ether and cooled to -78 °C. To this solution was added MeLi (30 mL, 1.6 M in diethyl ether). After the reaction was complete, the mixture was treated with ammonium chloride (1 M, 65 mL) and the organic phase was separated, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to dryness. Silica gel chromatography followed by crystallization from diethyl ether-hexanes afforded pure compound 3-2 (6.31 g).
  • Step 2 Compound 3-2 was dissolved in CH 2 Cl 2 and was treated with DAST (4.0 mL, 30.3 mmol) at room temperature. The solution was stirred at room temp overnight. The so-obtained mixture was poured into sat NaHCO 3 (100 mL) and washed with sat NaHCO 3 (1 x 15 mL). The organic layer was further worked up in the usual manner. Silica gel chromatography (1:5 EtOAc-hexanes) gave crude compound 3-3 (0.671 g) that was sufficiently pure for the next step.
  • Step 3 Compound 3-3 (0.39 g, 1.1 mmol) was dissolved in 1:2 EtOH-EtOAc and treated with Pd/C ( ⁇ 0.1 g) and cyclohexene ( ⁇ 1 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux overnight and then filtered through celite. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in pyridine ( ⁇ 5 mL). To this solution was added benzoyl chloride (0.22 mL, 1.83 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temp overnight. The pyridine was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between CH 2 Cl 2 and sat NaHCO 3 (10.0 mL).
  • Step 4 A solution of bis(trimethylsilyl)-N-benzoylcytosine (0.28 g, 0.77 mmol) and compound 3-4 (0.20 g, 0.5 mmol) in 1,2 dichloroethane (2 mL) and toluene (2 mL) was treated with TMSOTf (0.15 mL, 0.77 mmol). After most of the starting material disappeared as judged by TLC, the solution was cooled to room temp, washed with water (1 x 5 mL), brine (1 x 5 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated to dryness. Flash chromatography followed by crystallization from CH 2 C1 2 -hexanes afforded compound 3-5 (68 mg).
  • Step 5 Compound 3-5 (40 mg, 0.05 mmol) was dissolved in methanolic ammonia and stirred at room temp for 48 h. The solution was concentrated to dryness and chromatographed (SiO 2 ) eluting with 1:4 EtOH-CH 2 Cl 2 . The yield was about 12 mg of pure (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine, 3-6.
  • TIDPS 1,3-(1,1,3,3-Tetraisopropyldisiloxanylidene)
  • Step 1 To a suspension of cytidine (100 g, 0.411 mol) in DMF (2.06 L) is added benzoic anhydride (102.4 g, 0.452 mol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The DMF was removed in vacuo and the residue was triturated with diethyl ether. The resulting solid was collected by suction filtration and washed with diethyl ether (2 x 200 mL). Further drying in vacuo at room temperature gave the N 4 benzamide (140.6 g, 98.3%).
  • Step 2 Compound 4-1 (236.5 g, 0.40 mol) was dissolved in dry THF (1.22 L). Anhydrous dmso (180.8 mL, 2.1 mol) was added and the resulting solution was cooled to between -20 °C and -15 °C. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (90.6 mL, 0.64 mol) was added dropwise over 45 minutes and the solution was stirred between -20 °C and -15 °C for 2 hrs after which anhydrous triethylamine (223.5 mL, 1.6 mol) was added over 20 min.
  • ketone 4-2 (138.91 g, 57.5% from cytidine) as a white solid and 22 g of unreacted starting material, 4-1, as a yellow solid.
  • Step 3 Compound 4-2 (48.57 g, 8.26 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous toluene ( ⁇ 400 mL) and the solvent was removed in vacuo with exclusion of moisture. The residue was then further dried in vacuo (oil pump) for another 2 h. With strict exclusion of moisture, the residual foam was dissolved in anhydrous diethyl ether (1.03 L) under argon. The resulting solution was cooled to -78 °C under argon and MeLi (1.6 M, 258.0 mL, 0.413 mol) was added dropwise via additional funnel. After the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred for 2 h at -78 °C.
  • the reaction was performed two more times using 37.62 g and 56.4 g of compound 4-2.
  • the combined crude products (128.0 g, 0.212 mol) were dissolved in THF (1.28 L) and treated with concd HOAc (23 mL, 0.402 mol).
  • To the solution was added TBAF (384.0 mL, 1 M in THF).
  • the solution was stirred at room temp for 0.75 h and the mixture was treated with silica gel (750 g) and concentrated to dryness.
  • the powder was placed on a silica gel column packed in CH 2 Cl 2 .
  • Step 4 Compound 4-3 (46.0 g, 0.13 mol) was dissolved in anhydrous pyridine and concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The resulting syrup was dissolved in anhydrous pyridine under argon and cooled to 0 °C with stirring. The brown solution was treated with benzoyl chloride (30 mL, 0.250 mol) dropwise over 10 min. The ice bath was removed and stirring continued for 1.5 h whereby TLC showed no remaining starting material. The mixture was quenched by the addition of water (5 mL) and concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in a minimal amount of CH 2 Cl 2 and washed with satd NaHCO 3 (1 x 500 mL) and H 2 O (1 x 500 mL).
  • Step 5 Compound 4-4 (7.50 g, 0.013 mol) was dissolved in anhydrous toluene (150 mL) under argon and cooled to -20 °C. DAST (2.5 mL, 18.9 mmol) was added slowly and the cooling bath was removed after the addition was complete. Stirring was continued for 1 h and the mixture was poured into satd NaHCO 3 (100 mL) and washed until gas evolution ceased. The organic phase was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 1:1 EtOAc-hexanes. Yield was 1.22 g (16.3%) of pure 4-5 as a white solid.
  • Step 6 Compound 4-5 (6.30 g, 0.011 mol) was suspended in methanolic ammonia ( ca 7 N, 150 mL) and stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo, coevaporated with methanol (1 x 20 mL), and pre-adsorbed onto silica gel. The white powder was placed onto a silica gel column (packed in CHCl 3 ) and the column was eluted with 9% EtOH in CHCl 3 , then 17% EtOH and finally 25% EtOH in CHCl 3 . Concentration of the fractions containing the product, filtration through a 0.4 ⁇ m disk, and lyophillization from water afforded compound 4-6, 2.18 g (76%).
  • Step 1 The nucleoside, 6-chloropurine riboside, (3.18 g, 11.09 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous pyridine (300 mL) and was treated dropwise with 1,3-dichloro-1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyl-disiloxane (4.08 mL, 12.75 mmol) at 0 °C under an argon atmosphere. The solution was brought to room temp and stirred overnight. The mixture was concentrated to near dryness in vacuo, dissolved in a minimal amount of chloroform, and washed with HCl (100 mL, 0.05 N) and NaHCO 3 (5%, 100 mL).
  • Step 2 Compound 5-1 (7.13 g, 13.47 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (35 mL). Anhydrous DMSO (5.11 mL, 72.06 mmol) was added and the resulting solution was cooled to between -20°C and -15°C. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (3.06 mL, 21.69 mmol) was added dropwise over 45 minutes and the solution was stirred between -20 °C and -15 °C for 2 hrs after which anhydrous triethylamine (8.08 mL, 57.92 mmol) was added over 20 min.
  • Step 3 A solution of compound 5-2 (7.0 g, 13.26 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (45 mL) was cooled to -78 °C with stirring under an argon atmosphere. To the solution was added methylmagnesium bromide (15.85 mL, 3.0 M in ethyl ether) dropwise over a 30 min period. After stirring for an additional 3 h at -78 °C, the reaction was quenched by the careful addition of aqueous 1 M NH 4 Cl (50.0 mL).
  • Step 4 Compound 5-3 (0.491 g, 1.63 mmol) was dissolved in pyridine (3 mL) and treated with acetic anhydride (0.38 mL, 4.08 mL) at room temp. The solution was stirred at room temp for 2 h after which time, the solution was concentrated to dryness and treated with diethyl ether (10 mL) and water (5 mL). The organic layer was further washed with water (2 x 10 mL), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered, and evaporated to dryness to give compound 5-4 as a foam (0.450 g, 91.0%).
  • Step 5 Compound 5-4 (0.100 g, 0.259 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous toluene (3.0 mL) under argon and cooled to -20 °C. DAST (0.2 mL, 1.55 mmol) was added slowly and the cooling bath was removed after the addition was complete. Stirring was continued for 1 h and the mixture was poured into satd NaHCO 3 (100 mL) and washed until gas evolution ceased. The organic phase was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 30% Et 2 O-petroleum ether gave pure 5-5 (0.028 g, 27.9%).
  • Step 6 Compound 5-5 (0.018 g, 0.047 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL) and treated with a solution of sodium methoxide (3.6 mg, 0.67 mmol) in methanol (5 mL). The solution was stirred at room temp for 1 h, neutralized with concd acetic acid and chromatographed on silica gel eluting with a stepwise gradient of Et 2 O/methanol (0-5%) to afford compound 5-6 (0.010 g, 70.9%).
  • Step 1 Compound 5-5 (0.100 g, 0.26 mmol) was heated in a pressure tube with methanolic ammonia (ca. 7 N, 25 mL) at 80 °C for 12 h. The crude reaction was pre-adsorbed onto silica gel and purified by column chromatography eluting with a stepwise gradient of Et 2 O-MeOH (0-5%). The impure product was converted to the hydrochloride salt by dissolving the compound in a minimal amount of ethanol and treating the solution with 0.5 mL of a 0.6 M HCl solution. Concentration to near dryness gave compound 6-1 as off-white crystals (0.020g, 24.2%).
  • the anti-flavivirus activity of the compounds was determined as described by Stuyver, et al. ("Ribonucleoside analogue that blocks replication of bovine viral diarrhea and hepatitis C viruses in culture", Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 47:244-254 (2003 )).
  • the compound was dissolved in DMSO and added to the culture media at final concentrations ranging from 3 to 100 ⁇ M.
  • a 4-days incubation resulted in dose-dependant reduction of the replicon HCV RNA ( Figure 1A ).
  • a 1-log reduction of replicon RNA (or EC 90 value) was reached at approximately 2.5 ⁇ M. Measurement of the reduction of rRNA gave an indication of the inhibitory effect on cellular polymerases.
  • FIG. 1A shows the dose-dependant reduction of the replicon HCV RNA based on the treatment with (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine. The viral reduction was compared to the reduction of cellular RNA levels (ribosomal RNA) to obtain therapeutic index values.
  • EC 90 represents the effective concentration 90% at 96 hours following the dose dependant administration of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine.
  • Figure 1B shows the prolonged reduction in replicon HCV RNA up to 7 days following treatment with 5 and 25 ⁇ M.
  • the EC 90 values for (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine were in the range of 1.6 to 4.6 ⁇ M for the replicon clones. In contrast the EC 90 values for 2'- C -methylcytidine were in the range of 6.6-37.4 ⁇ M. Interestingly, the EC 90 values for 2'- C -methyladenosine were comparable to those of (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine.
  • the activity of (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine and 2'- C -methylcytidine in other replicons tested is shown in Table 2.
  • Table 3 shows the potency of (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine-5'-triphosphate (TP) in the NS5B polymerase assay.
  • the inhibitory concentration 50% was determined to be in the range of 1.7 to 7.7 ⁇ M.
  • Table 6 shows a cytotoxicity analysis in various cell lines (Clone A, Huh7, HepG2, MDBK, PBM, CEM, Vero, MRC-5). Cytotoxic concentration 50% (CC 50 ) was greater than 75-100 ⁇ M in all clones tested for (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine as well as 2'- C -methylcytidine. In contrast is the relative toxicity of 2'- C -methyladenosine.
  • Figure 2 depicts the average weight change (%) of female Swiss mice in vivo the toxicity analysis of (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine at various doses. Intraperitoneal injections were given on days 0 to day 5 of the 0, 3.3, 10, 33, 100 mg/kg. Each dosing group contained 5 mice and no mice died during the 30-day study. No significant toxicity was observed in the mice.
  • Figure 3 and Table 6 summarize the pharmacokinetic parameters of (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine in Rhesus monkeys given a single dose (33.3 mg/kg) oral (Table 6, Figure 3 ) or intravenous dose ( Figure 3 ) of (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine.
  • Table 4 Summary of the range of antiviral activity of (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C- methylcytidine is shown in Table 4. Table shows that in addition to HCV virus (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine shows activity against Rhinovirus, West Nile virus, Yellow Fever virus, and Dengue virus.
  • Table 5 shows the lack of activity of (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine on HCV surrogate models BVDV as well as other viruses including HIV, HBV and Corona virus.
  • 2'- C -methylcytidine and 2'- C -methyladenosine show greater activity in the HCV surrogate model, BVDV.
  • Table 1 Summary of the Anti-HCV Replicon Activity of (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine* Replicon (2' R )-2-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine 2'- C -methylcytidine 2' -C -methyladenosine HCV-WT 1b 4.6 ⁇ 2.0 21.9 ⁇ 4.3 2.1 ⁇ 0.27 S282T mut.
  • Table 5 Summary of Antiviral Activity of (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C- methylcytidine Virus
  • BVDVncp >22 0.5 1.2 BVDVcp >100 2 1.5
  • Table 7 Mitochondrial Toxicity Study Compound mtDNA Synthesis (IC 50 , ⁇ M) Lactic Acid Increase (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine >25 No effect ⁇ 33 ⁇ M 2'- C -methylcytidine >25 No effect ⁇ 33 ⁇ M
  • Table 8 Preliminary PK Parameters in Rhesus Monkeys Following a Single Oral Dose of (2' R )-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'- C -methylcytidine at 33.3 mg/kg Parameter Units Mean ⁇ SD C max ⁇ M 9.6 ⁇ 2.7 T max hours 2 ⁇ 1 AUC 0-last ⁇ Mxh 44.2 ⁇ 22.2 T 1 ⁇ 2 hours 3.9 ⁇ 0.1 Bioavailability F% 21 ⁇ 11
  • Table 9 Effect of Nucleoside Analogs on Human Bone Marrow Cells Compound ( ⁇ -D-analog) BFU-E CFU-

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)

Abstract

The disclosed invention provides compositions and methods of treating a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection in a host, including animals, and especially humans, using a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleosides, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.

Description

  • This application is being filed on 21 April 2004 as a PCT International Patent application in the name of PHARMASSET LTD. a US resident, applicants for all designations except the US.
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention includes (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleosides having the natural β-D configuration and methods for the treatment of Flaviviridae infections, especially hepatitis C virus (HCV).
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection is a major health problem that leads to chronic liver disease, such as cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma, in a substantial number of infected individuals, estimated to be 2-15% of the world's population. There are an estimated 4.5 million infected people in the United States alone, according to the U.S. Center for Disease Control. According to the World Health Organization, there are more than 200 million infected individuals worldwide, with at least 3 to 4 million people being infected each year. Once infected, about 20% of people clear the virus, but the rest can harbor HCV the rest of their lives. Ten to twenty percent of chronically infected individuals eventually develop liver-destroying cirrhosis or cancer. The viral disease is transmitted parenterally by contaminated blood and blood products, contaminated needles, or sexually and vertically from infected mothers or carrier mothers to their offspring. Current treatments for HCV infection, which are restricted to immunotherapy with recombinant interferon-α alone or in combination with the nucleoside analog ribavirin, are of limited clinical benefit as resistance develops rapidly. Moreover, there is no established vaccine for HCV. Consequently, there is an urgent need for improved therapeutic agents that effectively combat chronic HCV infection.
  • The HCV virion is an enveloped positive-strand RNA virus with a single oligoribonucleotide genomic sequence of about 9600 bases which encodes a polyprotein of about 3,010 amino acids. The protein products of the HCV gene consist of the structural proteins C, E1, and E2, and the non-structural proteins NS2, NS3, NS4A and NS4B, and NS5A and NS5B. The nonstructural (NS) proteins are believed to provide the catalytic machinery for viral replication. The NS3 protease releases NS5B, the RNA-dependent RNA polymerase from the polyprotein chain. HCV NS5B polymerase is required for the synthesis of a double-stranded RNA from a single-stranded viral RNA that serves as a template in the replication cycle of HCV. Therefore, NS5B polymerase is considered to be an essential component in the HCV replication complex (K. Ishi, et al., "Expression of Hepatitis C Virus NS5B Protein: Characterization of Its RNA Polymerase Activity and RNA Binding," Heptology, 29: 1227-1235 (1999); V. Lohmann, et al., "Biochemical and Kinetic Analysis of NS5B RNA-Dependent RNA Polymerase of the Hepatitis C Virus," Virology, 249: 108-118 (1998)). Inhibition of HCV NS5B polymerase prevents formation of the double-stranded HCV RNA and therefore constitutes an attractive approach to the development of HCV-specific antiviral therapies.
  • HCV belongs to a much larger family of viruses that share many common features.
    • Flaviviridae Viruses
  • The Flaviviridae family of viruses comprises at least three distinct genera: pestiviruses, which cause disease in cattle and pigs; flavivruses, which are the primary cause of diseases such as dengue fever and yellow fever; and hepaciviruses, whose sole member is HCV. The flavivirus genus includes more than 68 members separated into groups on the basis of serological relatedness (Calisher et al., J. Gen. Virol, 1993,70,37-43). Clinical symptoms vary and include fever, encephalitis and hemorrhagic fever (Fields Virology, Editors: Fields, B. N., Knipe, D. M., and Howley, P. M., Lippincott-Raven Publishers, Philadelphia, PA, 1996, Chapter 31, 931-959). Flaviviruses of global concern that are associated with human disease include the Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever viruses (DHF), yellow fever virus, shock syndrome and Japanese encephalitis virus (Halstead, S. B., Rev. Infect. Dis., 1984, 6, 251-264; Halstead, S. B., Science, 239:476-481, 1988; Monath, T. P., New Eng. J. Med, 1988, 319, 641-643).
  • The pestivirus genus includes bovine viral diarrhea virus (BVDV), classical swine fever virus (CSFV, also called hog cholera virus) and border disease virus (BDV) of sheep (Moennig, V. et al. Adv. Vir. Res. 1992, 41, 53-98). Pestivirus infections of domesticated livestock (cattle, pigs and sheep) cause significant economic losses worldwide. BVDV causes mucosal disease in cattle and is of significant economic importance to the livestock industry (Meyers, G. and Thiel, H.J., Advances in Virus Research, 1996, 47, 53-118; Moennig V., et al, Adv. Vir. Res. 1992, 41, 53-98). Human pestiviruses have not been as extensively characterized as the animal pestiviruses. However, serological surveys indicate considerable pestivirus exposure in humans.
  • Pestiviruses and hepaciviruses are closely related virus groups within the Flaviviridae family. Other closely related viruses in this family include the GB virus A, GB virus A-like agents, GB virus-B and GB virus-C (also called hepatitis G virus, HGV). The hepacivirus group (hepatitis C virus; HCV) consists of a number of closely related but genotypically distinguishable viruses that infect humans. There are at least 6 HCV genotypes and more than 50 subtypes. Due to the similarities between pestiviruses and hepaciviruses, combined with the poor ability of hepaciviruses to grow efficiently in cell culture, bovine viral diarrhea virus (BVDV) is often used as a surrogate to study the HCV virus.
  • The genetic organization of pestiviruses and hepaciviruses is very similar. These positive stranded RNA viruses possess a single large open reading frame (ORF) encoding all the viral proteins necessary for virus replication. These proteins are expressed as a polyprotein that is co-and post-translationally processed by both cellular and virus-encoded proteinases to yield the mature viral proteins. The viral proteins responsible for the replication of the viral genome RNA are located within approximately the carboxy-terminal. Two-thirds of the ORF are termed nonstructural (NS) proteins. The genetic organization and polyprotein processing of the nonstructural protein portion of the ORF for pestiviruses and hepaciviruses is very similar. For both the pestiviruses and hepaciviruses, the mature nonstructural (NS) proteins, in sequential order from the amino-terminus of the nonstructural protein coding region to the carboxy-terminus of the ORF, consist of p7, NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, and NS5B.
  • The NS proteins of pestiviruses and hepaciviruses share sequence domains that are characteristic of specific protein functions. For example, the NS3 proteins of viruses in both groups possess amino acid sequence motifs characteristic of serine proteinases and of helicases (Gorbalenya et al. (1988) Nature 333:22; Bazan and Fletterick (1989) Virology 171:637-639; Gorbalenya et al. (1989) Nucleic Acid Res. 17.3889-3897). Similarly, the NS5B proteins of pestiviruses and hepaciviruses have the motifs characteristic of RNA-directed RNA polymerases (Koonin, E.V. and Dolja, V.V. (1993) Crir. Rev. Biochem. Molec. Biol. 28:375-430).
  • The actual roles and functions of the NS proteins of pestiviruses and hepaciviruses in the lifecycle of the viruses are directly analogous. In both cases, the NS3 serine proteinase is responsible for all proteolytic processing of polyprotein precursors downstream of its position in the ORF (Wiskerchen and Collett (1991) Virology 184:341-350; Bartenschlager et al. (1993) J. Virol. 67:3835-3844; Eckart et al. (1993) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 192:399-406; Grakoui et al. (1993; J. Virol. 67:2832-2843; Grakoui et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. USA 90:10583-10587; Hijikata et al. (1993) J. Virol. 67:4665-4675; Tome et al. (1993) J. Virol. 67:4017-4026). The NS4A protein, in both cases, acts as a cofactor with the NS3 serine protease (Bartenschlager et al. (1994) J. Virol. 68:5045-5055; Failla et al. (1994) J. Virol. 68: 3753-3760; Xu et al. (1997) J. Virol. 71:53 12-5322). The NS3 protein of both viruses also functions as a helicase (Kim et al. (1995) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 215: 160-166; Jin and Peterson (1995) Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 323:47-53; Warrener and Collett (1995) J. Virol. 69:1720-1726). Finally, the NS5B proteins of pestiviruses and hepaciviruses have the predicted RNA-directed RNA polymerases activity (Behrens et al. (1996) EMBO. 15:12-22; Lechmann et al. (1997) J. Virol. 71:8416-8428; Yuan et al. (1997) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 232:231-235; Hagedorn, PCT WO 97/12033 ; Zhong et al. (1998) J. Virol. 72.9365-9369).
    • Treatment of HCV Infection with Interferon
  • Interferons (IFNs) have been commercially available for the treatment of chronic hepatitis for nearly a decade. IFNs are glycoproteins produced by immune cells in response to viral infection. IFNs inhibit replication of a number of viruses, including HCV, and when used as the sole treatment for hepatitis C infection, IFN can in certain cases suppress serum HCV-RNA to undetectable levels. Additionally, IFN can normalize serum amino transferase levels. Unfortunately, the effect of IFN is temporary and a sustained response occurs in only 8%-9% of patients chronically infected with HCV (Gary L. Davis. Gastroenterology 18:S104-S114, 2000). Most patients, however, have difficulty tolerating interferon treatment, which causes severe flu-like symptoms, weight loss, and lack of energy and stamina.
  • A number of patents disclose Flaviviridae, including HCV, and treatments using interferon-based therapies. For example, U.S. Patent No. 5,980,884 to Blatt et al. discloses methods for retreatment of patients afflicted with HCV using consensus interferon. U.S. Patent No. 5,942,223 to Bazer et al. discloses an anti-HCV therapy using ovine or bovine interferon-tau. U.S. Patent No. 5,928,636 to Alber et al. discloses the combination therapy of interleukin-12 and interferon alpha for the treatment of infectious diseases including HCV. U.S. Patent No. 5,849,696 to Chretien et al. discloses the use of thymosins, alone or in combination with interferon, for treating HCV. U.S. Patent No. 5,830,455 to Valtuena et al. discloses a combination HCV therapy employing interferon and a free radical scavenger. U.S. Patent No. 5,738,845 to Imakawa discloses the use of human interferon tau proteins for treating HCV. Other interferon-based treatments for HCV are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,676,942 to Testa et al. , U.S. Patent No. 5,372,808 to Blatt et al. , and U.S. Patent No. 5,849,696 . A number of patents also disclose pegylated forms of interferon, such as U.S. Patent Nos. 5,747,646 , 5,792,834 and 5,834,594 to Hoffmann-La Roche; PCT Publication No. WO 99/32139 and WO 99/32140 to Enzon ; WO 95/13090 and U.S. Patent Nos. 5,738,846 and 5,711,944 to Schering ; and U.S. Patent No. 5,908,621 to Glue et al.
  • Interferon alpha-2a and interferon alpha-2b are currently approved as monotherapy for the treatment of HCV. ROFERON®-A (Roche) is the recombinant form of interferon alpha-2a. PEGASYS® (Roche) is the pegylated (i.e. polyethylene glycol modified) form of interferon alpha-2a. INTRON®A (Schering Corporation) is the recombinant form of Interferon alpha-2b, and PEG-INTRON® (Schering Corporation) is the pegylated form of interferon alpha-2b.
  • Other forms of interferon alpha, as well as interferon beta, gamma, tau and omega are currently in clinical development for the treatment of HCV. For example, INFERGEN (interferon alphacon-1) by InterMune, OMNIFERON (natural interferon) by Viragen, ALBUFERON by Human Genome Sciences, REBIF (interferon beta-la) by Ares-Serono, Omega Interferon by BioMedicine, Oral Interferon Alpha by Amarillo Biosciences, and interferon gamma, interferon tau, and interferon gamma-lb by InterMune are in development.
    • Ribivarin
  • Ribavirin (1-β-D-ribofuranosyl-1-1,2,4-triazole-3-carboxamide) is a synthetic, non-interferon-inducing, broad spectrum antiviral nucleoside analog sold under the trade name, Virazole (The Merck Index, 11th edition, Editor: Budavari, S., Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, NJ, p1304, 1989). United States Patent No. 3,798,209 and RE29,835 disclose and claim ribavirin. Ribavirin is structurally similar to guanosine, and has in vitro activity against several DNA and RNA viruses including Flaviviridae (Gary L. Davis. Gastroenterology 118: 5104-51 14, 2000).
  • Ribavirin reduces serum amino transferase levels to normal in 40% of patients, but it does not lower serum levels of HCV-RNA (Gary L. Davis, 2000). Thus, ribavirin alone is not effective in reducing viral RNA levels. Additionally, ribavirin has significant toxicity and is known to induce anemia. Ribavirin is not approved for monotherapy against HCV. It has been approved in combination with interferon alpha-2a or interferon alpha-2b for the treatment of HCV.
  • Ribavirin is a known inosine monophosphate dehydrogenease inhibitor that does not have specific anti-HCV activity in the HCV replicon system (Stuyver et al. Journal of Virology, 2003, 77, 10689-10694).
    • Combination of Interferon and Ribavirin
  • The current standard of care for chronic hepatitis C is combination therapy with an alpha interferon and ribavirin. The combination of interferon and ribavirin for the treatment of HCV infection has been reported to be effective in the treatment of interferon naive patients (Battaglia, A.M. et al., Ann. Pharmacother. 34:487-494, 2000), as well as for treatment of patients when histological disease is present (Berenguer, M. et al. Antivir. Ther. 3(Suppl. 3): 125-136, 1998). Studies have shown that more patients with hepatitis C respond to pegylated interferon-alpha/ribavirin combination therapy than to combination therapy with unpegylated interferon alpha. However, as with monotherapy, significant side effects develop during combination therapy, including hemolysis, flu-like symptoms, anemia, and fatigue. (Gary L. Davis, 2000). Combination therapy with PEG-INTRON® (peginterferon alpha-2b) and REBETOL® (Ribavirin, USP) capsules are available from Schering Corporation. REBETOL® (Schering Corporation) has also been approved in combination with INTRON® A (Interferon alpha-2b, recombinant, Schering Corporation). Roche's PEGASYS® (pegylated interferon alpha-2a) and COPEGUS® (ribavirin), as well as Three River Pharmacetical's Ribosphere® are also approved for the treatment of HCV.
  • PCT Publication Nos. WO 99/59621 , WO 00/37110 , WO 01/81359 , WO 02/32414 and WO 03/02446 1 by Schering Corporation disclose the use of pegylated interferon alpha and ribavirin combination therapy for the treatment of HCV. PCT Publication Nos. WO 99/15 194 , WO 99/64016 , and WO 00/24355 by Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. also disclose the use of pegylated interferon alpha and ribavirin combination therapy for the treatment of HCV.
    • Additional Methods to Treat Flaviviridae Infections
  • The development of new antiviral agents for Flaviviridae infections, especially hepatitis C, is currently underway. Specific inhibitors of HCV-derived enzymes such as protease, helicase, and polymerase inhibitors are being developed. Drugs that inhibit other steps in HCV replication are also in development, for example, drugs that block production of HCV antigens from the RNA (IRES inhibitors), drugs that prevent the normal processing of HCV proteins (inhibitors of glycosylation), drugs that block entry of HCV into cells (by blocking its receptor) and nonspecific cytoprotective agents that block cell injury caused by the virus infection. Further, molecular approaches are also being developed to treat hepatitis C, for example, ribozymes, which are enzymes that break down specific viral RNA molecules, antisense oligonucleotides, which are small complementary segments of DNA that bind to viral RNA and inhibit viral replication, and RNA interference techniques are under investigation (Bymock et al. Antiviral Chemistry & Chemotherapy, 11:2; 79-95 (2000); De Francesco et al. in Antiviral Research, 58: 1-16 (2003); and Kronke et al., J. Virol., 78:3436-3446 (2004).
  • Bovine viral diarrhea virus (BVDV) is a pestivirus belonging to the family Flaviviridae and has been used as a surrogate for in vitro testing of potential antiviral agents. While activity against BVDV may suggest activity against other flaviviruses, often a compound can be inactive against BVDV and active against another flavivirus. Sommadossi and La Colla have revealed ("Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses", PCT WO 01/92282 ) that ribonucleosides containing a methyl group at the 2' "up" position have activity against BVDV. However, it is unclear whether these compounds can inhibit other flaviviruses, including HCV in cell culture or at the HCV NS5B level. Interestingly while this publication discloses a large number of compounds that are 2'-methyl-2'-X-ribonucleosides, where X is a halogen, fluorine is not considered. Furthermore, a synthetic pathway leading to nucleosides halogenated at the 2' "down" position is not shown by these inventors.
  • Dengue virus (DENV) is the causative agent of Dengue hemorrhagic fever (DHF). According to the world Health Organization (WHO), two fifths of the world population are now at risk for infection with this virus. An estimated 500,000 cases of DHF require hospitalization each year with a mortality rate of 5% in children.
  • West Nile virus (WNV), a flavivirus previously known to exist only in intertropical regions, has emerged in recent years in temperate areas of Europe and North America, presenting a threat to public health. The most serious manifestation of WNV infection is fatal encephalitis in humans. Outbreaks in New York City and sporadic occurrences in the Southern United States have been reported since 1999.
  • There is currently no preventive treatment of HCV, Dengue virus (DENV) or West Nile virus infection. Currently approved therapies, which exist only against HCV, are limited. Examples of antiviral agents that have been identified as active against the hepatitis C flavivirus include:
    1. 1) Protease inhibitors:
      • Substrate-based NS3 protease inhibitors ( Attwood et al., PCT WO 98/22496, 1998 ; Attwood et al., Antiviral Chemistry and ; Attwood et al, Preparation and use of amino acid derivatives as anti-viral agents, German Patent Pub. DE 19914474 ; Tung et al. Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis C virus NS3 protease, PCT WO 98/17679 ), including alphaketoamides and hydrazinoureas, and inhibitors that terminate in an electrophile such as a boronic acid or phosphonate (Llinas-Brunet et al, Hepatitis C inhibitor peptide analogues, PCT WO 99/07734 ) are being investigated.
      • Non-substrate-based NS3 protease inhibitors such as 2,4,6-trihydroxy-3-nitro-benzamide derivatives (Sudo K. et al., Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 1997, 238, 643-647; Sudo K. et al. Antiviral Chemistry and Chemotherapy, 1998, 9, 186), including RD3-4082 and RD3-4078, the former substituted on the amide with a 14 carbon chain and the latter processing a para-phenoxyphenyl group are also being investigated.
      • SCH 68631, a phenanthrenequinone, is an HCV protease inhibitor (Chu M. et al., ). In another example by the same authors, SCH 351633, isolated from the fungus Penicillium griseofulvum, was identified as a protease inhibitor (Chu M. et al., Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistiy Letters 9:1949-1952). Nanomolar potency against the HCV NS3 protease enzyme has been achieved by the design of selective inhibitors based on the macromolecule eglin c. Eglin c, isolated from leech, is a potent inhibitor of several serine proteases such as S. griseus proteases A and B, α-chymotrypsin, chymase and subtilisin (Qasim M.A. et al., Biochemistry 36:1598-1607, 1997).
      • Several U.S. patents disclose protease inhibitors for the treatment of HCV. For example, U.S. Patent No. 6,004,933 to Spruce et al. discloses a class of cysteine protease inhibitors for inhibiting HCV endopeptidase 2. U.S. Patent No. 5,990,276 to Zhang et al. discloses synthetic inhibitors of hepatitis C virus NS3 protease. The inhibitor is a subsequence of a substrate of the NS3 protease or a substrate of the NS4A cofactor. The use of restriction enzymes to treat HCV is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,538,865 to Reyes et al. Peptides as NS3 serine protease inhibitors of HCV are disclosed in WO 02/008251 to Corvas International, Inc. and WO 02/08187 and WO 02/008256 to Schering Corporation. HCV inhibitor tripeptides are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,534,523 , 6,410,531 , and 6,420,380 to Boehringer Ingelheim and WO 02/060926 to Bristol Myers Squibb. Diaryl peptides as NS3 serine protease inhibitors of HCV are disclosed in WO 02/48172 to Schering Corporation. Imidazoleidinones as NS3 serine protease inhibitors of HCV are disclosed in WO 02/08198 to Schering Corporation and WO 02/48157 to Bristol Myers Squibb. WO 98/17679 to Vertex Pharmaceuticals and WO 02/48116 to Bristol Myers Squibb also disclose HCV protease inhibitors.
    2. 2) Thiazolidine derivatives which show relevant inhibition in a reverse-phase HPLC assay with an NS3/4A fusion protein and NS5A/5B substrate (Sudo K. et al., Antiviral Research, 1996, 32, 9-18), especially compound RD-1-6250, possessing a fused cinnamoyl moiety substituted with a long alkyl chain, RD4 6205 and RD4 6193;
    3. 3) Thiazolidines and benzanilides identified in Kakiuchi N. et al. J. EBS Letters 421, 217-220; Takeshita N. et al. Analytical Biochemistry, 1997, 247,242-246;
    4. 4) A phenanthrenequinone possessing activity against protease in a SDS-PAGE and autoradiography assay isolated from the fermentation culture broth of Streptomyces sp., Sch 68631 (ChuM. et al., Tetrahedron Letters, 1996, 37, 7229-7232), and Sch 351633, isolated from the fungus Penicillium griseofulvum, which demonstrates activity in a scintillation proximity assay (Chu M. et al., Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry Letters 9, 1949-1952);
    5. 5) Helicase inhibitors (Diana G.D. et al., Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C, U.S. Pat. No. 5,633,358 ; Diana G.D. et al., Piperidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and their use in the treatment of hepatitis C, PCT WO 97/36554 );
    6. 6) Nucleotide polymerase inhibitors and gliotoxin (Ferrari R. et al. Journal of Virology, 1999, 73, 1649-1654), and the natural product cerulenin (Lohmann V. et al, Virology, 1998, 249, 108-118);
    7. 7) Antisense phosphorothioate oligodeoxynucleotides (S-ODN) complementary to sequence stretches in the 5' non-coding region (NCR) of the virus (Alt M. et al., Hepatology, 1995, 22, 707-717), or nucleotides 326-348 comprising the 3' end of the NCR and nucleotides 371-388 located in the core coding region of the HCV RNA (Alt M. et al, Archives of Virology, 1997, 142, 589-599; Galderisi U. et al., Journal of Cellular Physiology, 1999, 181, 251-257);
    8. 8) Inhibitors of IRES-dependent translation (Ikeda N. et al., Agent for the prevention and treatment of hepatitis C, Japanese Patent Pub. JP-8268890 ; Kai Y. et al. Prevention and treatment of viral diseases, Japanese Patent Pub. JP-10101591 );
    9. 9) Ribozymes, such as nuclease-resistant ribozymes (Maccjak, D. J. et al., ) and those disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,043,077 to Barber et al. , and U.S. Patent Nos. 5,869,253 and 5,610,054 to Draper et al. ;
    10. 10) Nucleoside analogs have also been developed for the treatment of Flaviviridae infections.
  • Idenix Pharmaceuticals discloses the use of certain branched nucleosides in the treatment of flaviviruses (including HCV) and pestiviruses in International Publication Nos. WO 01/90121 and WO 01/92282 . Specifically, a method for the treatment of hepatitis C virus infection (and flaviviruses and pestiviruses) in humans and other host animals is disclosed in the Idenix publications that includes administering an effective amount of a biologically active 1', 2', 3' or 4'-branched β-D or β-L nucleosides or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or derivative thereof, administered either alone or in combination with another antiviral agent, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • WO 2004/002422 to Idenix published January 8, 2004 discloses a family of 2'-methyl nucleosides for the treatment of flavivirus infections. WO 2004/002999 to Idenix, published January 8, 2004 discloses a series of 2' or 3' prodrugs of 1', 2', 3', or 4' branch nucleosides for the treatement of flavivirus infections including HCV infections.
  • Other patent applications disclosing the use of certain nucleoside analogs to treat hepatitis C virus infection include: PCT/CAOO/01316 ( WO 01/32153 ; filed November 3, 2000) and PCT/CAOI/00197 ( WO 01/60315; filed February 19, 2001 ) filed by BioChem Pharma, Inc. (now Shire Biochem, Inc.); PCT/US02/01531 ( WO 02/057425; filed January 18, 2002 ) and PCT/U502/03086 ( WO 02/057287; filed January 18, 2002 ) filed by Merck & Co., Inc., PCT/EPOT/09633 ( WO 02/18404; published August 21, 2001 ) filed by Roche, and PCT Publication Nos. WO 01/79246 (filed April 13, 2001 ), WO 02/32920 (filed October 18, 2001 ) and WO 02/48 165 by Pharmasset, Ltd.
  • WO 2004/007512 to Merck & Co. discloses a number of nucleoside compounds disclosed as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase. The nucleosides disclosed in this publication are primarily 2'-methyl-2'-hydroxy substituted nucleosides. WO 02/057287 to Merck et al. published July 25, 2002 , discloses a large genus of pyrimidine derivative nucleosides of the 2'-methyl-2'-hydroxy substitutions. WO 2004/009020 to Merck et al. discloses a series of thionucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA dependent RNA viral prolymerase. WO 03/105770 to Merck et al. discloses a series of carbocyclic nucleoside derivatives that are useful for the treatment of HCV infections.
  • PCT Publication No. WO 99/43691 to Emory University, entitled "2'-Fluoronucleosides" discloses the use of certain 2'-fluoronucleosides to treat HCV. U.S. Patent No. 6,348,587 to Emory University entitled "2'-fluoronucleosides" discloses a family of 2'-fluoronucleosides useful for the treatment of hepatitis B, HCV, HIV and abnormal cellular proliferation. The 2' substituent is disclosed to be in either the "up" or "down" position.
  • Eldrup et al. (Oral Session V, Hepatitis C Virus, Flaviviridae; 16th International Conference on Antiviral Research (April 27, 2003, Savannah, Ga.)) described the structure activity relationship of 2'-modified nucleosides for inhibition of HCV.
  • Bhat et al. (Oral Session V, Hepatitis C Virus, Flaviviridae; 16th International Conference on Antiviral Research (April 27, 2003, Savannah, Ga.); p A75) describe the synthesis and pharmacokinetic properties of nucleoside analogues as possible inhibitors of HCV RNA replication. The authors report that 2'-modified nucleosides demonstrate potent inhibitory activity in cell-based replicon assays.
  • Olsen et al. (Oral Session V, Hepatitis C Virus, Flaviviridae; 16th International Conference on Antiviral Research (April 27, 2003, Savannah, Ga.) p A76) also described the effects of the 2'-modified nucleosides on HCV RNA replication.
    11) Other miscellaneous compounds including 1-amino-alkylcyclohexanes ( U.S. Patent No. 6,034,134 to Gold et al. ), alkyl lipids ( U.S. Pat. No. 5,922,757 to Chojkier et al. ), vitamin E and other antioxidants ( U.S. Pat. No. 5,922,757 to Chojkier et al. ), squalene, amantadine, bile acids ( U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,964 to Ozeki et al. ), N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid, ( U.S. Pat. No. 5,830,905 to Diana et al ), benzenedicarboxamides ( U.S. Pat. No. 5,633,388 to Diana et al. ), polyadenylic acid derivatives ( U.S. Pat. No. 5,496,546 to Wang et al ), 2,3-dideoxyinosine ( U.S. Pat. No. 5,026,687 to Yarchoan et al. ), benzimidazoles ( U.S. Pat. No. 5,891,874 to Colacino et al. ), plant extracts ( U.S. Patent No. 5,837,257 to Tsai et al. , U.S. Patent No. 5,725,859 to Omer et al , and U.S. Patent No. 6,056,961 ), and piperidenes ( U.S. Patent No. 5,830,905 to Diana et al. ).
    12) Other compounds currently in preclinical or clinical development for treatment of hepatitis C virus infection include: Interleukin-10 by Schering-Plough, IP-SO1 by Intemeuron, Merimebodib (VX-497) by Vertex, AMANTADINE® (Symmetrel) by Endo Labs Solvay, HEPTAZYME® by RPI, IDN-6556 by Idun Pharma., XTL-002 by XTL., HCV/MFS9 by Chiron, CTVACIR® (hepatitis C Immune Globulin) by NABI, LEVOVIRIN® by ICN/Ribapharm, VIRAMIDINE® by ICN/Ribapharm, ZADAXIN® (thymosin alpha-1) by SciClone, thymosin plus pegylated interferon by Sci Clone, CEPLENE® (histamine dihydrochloride) by Maxim, VX 950 / LY 570310 by Vertex/Eli Lilly, ISIS 14803 by Isis Pharmaceutical/Elan, IDN-6556 by Idun Pharmaceuticals, Inc., JTK 003 by AKROS Pharma, BILN-2061 by Boehringer Ingelheim, CellCept (mycophenolate mofetil) by Roche, T67, a β-tubulin inhibitor, by Tularik, a therapeutic vaccine directed to E2 by Innogenetics, FK788 by Fujisawa Healthcare, Inc., 1dB 1016 (Siliphos, oral silybin-phosphatdylcholine phytosome), RNA replication inhibitors (VP50406) by ViroPharma/Wyeth, therapeutic vaccine by Intercell, therapeutic vaccine by Epimmune/Genencor, IRES inhibitor by Anadys, ANA 245 and ANA 246 by Anadys, immunotherapy (Therapore) by Avant, protease inhibitor by Corvas/SChering, helicase inhibitor by Vertex, fusion inhibitor by Trimeris, T cell therapy by CellExSys, polymerase inhibitor by Biocryst, targeted RNA chemistry by PTC Therapeutics, Dication by Immtech, Int., protease inhibitor by Agouron, protease inhibitor by Chiron/Medivir, antisense therapy by AVI BioPharma, antisense therapy by Hybridon, hemopurifier by Aethlon Medical, therapeutic vaccine by Merix, protease inhibitor by Bristol-Myers Squibb/Axys, Chron-VacC, a therapeutic vaccine, by Tripep, UT 231 B by United Therapeutics, protease, helicase and polymerase inhibitors by Genelabs Technologies, IRES inhibitors by Immusol, R803 by Rigel Pharmaceuticals, INFERGEN® (interferon alphacon-1) by InterMune, OMNIFERON® (natural interferon) by Viragen, ALBUFERON® by Human Genome Sciences, REBIF® (interferon beta-la) by Ares-Serono, Omega Interferon by BioMedicine, Oral Interferon Alpha by Amarillo Biosciences, interferon gamma, interferon tau, and Interferon gamma- 1b by InterMune. Rigel Pharmaceuticals is developing a non-nucleoside HCV polymerase inhibitor, R803, that shows promise as being synergistic with IFN and ribavirin.
    13) A summary of several investigational drugs, including several discussed above, that are currently in various phases of development for the treatment of HCV, are summarized below:
    Drug Mechanism / Target Company U.S. Status
    BILN-2061 NS3 Serine-protease inhibitor Boehringer Ingelheim Phase II
    ISIS 14803 Antisense / Prevent Translation of RNA ISIS / Elan Phase II
    Viramidine Prodrug of Ribavirin Ribapharm Phase II
    NM 283 Inhibitor of HCV RNA Polymerase Idenix Phase II /III
    VX-497 IMPDH Inhibitor Vertex Phase I / II
    JKT-003 Inhibitor of HCV RNA Polymerase Japan Tobacco / Akros Phase I / II
    Levovirin L-Ribavirin analog Ribapharm / Roche Phase I / n
    Isatoribine; ANA245 Nucleoside analog Interact with TLR7 receptor Anadys Phase I
    Albuferon Immune modulator Human Genome Sciences Phase I
    Peg-Infergen Immune modulator Intermune Phase I
    VX-950 Inhibitor of HCV NS3-4A protease Vertex Preclinical
    SCH
    6 Inhibitor of HCV NS3-4A protease Schering Plough Preclinical
    R803 Inhibitor of HCV RNA polymerase Rigel Phase I
    HCV-086 - ViroPharma/Wyeth Phase I
    R1479 Inhibitor of HCV RNA polymerase Roche Phase I
  • Nucleoside prodrugs have been previously described for the treatment of other forms of hepatitis. WO 00/09531 and WO 01/96353 to Idenix Pharmaceuticals, discloses 2'-deoxy-β-L-nucleosides and their 3'-prodrugs for the treatment of HBV. U.S. Patent No. 4,957,924 to Beauchamp discloses various therapeutic esters of acyclovir.
  • In light of the fact that HCV infection has reached epidemic levels worldwide, and has tragic effects on the infected patient, there remains a strong need to provide new effective pharmaceutical agents to treat hepatitis C that have low toxicity to the host.
  • Further, given the rising threat of other flaviviridae infections, there remains a strong need to provide new effective pharmaceutical agents that have low toxicity to the host.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • There is currently no preventive treatment of Hepatitis C virus (HCV), Dengue virus (DENV) or West Nile virus (WNV) infection, and currently approved therapies, which exist only against HCV, are limited. Design and development of pharmaceutical compounds is essential, especially those that are synergistic with other approved and investigational Flaviviridae, and in particular HCV, therapeutics for the evolution of treatment standards, including more effective combination therapies.
  • The present invention provides a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L), or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, and the use of such compounds for the treatment of a host infected with a virus belonging to the Flaviviridae family, including hepatitis C, West Nile Virus and yellow fever virus. In addition, the nucleosides of the present invention show actively against rhinovirus. Rhinoviruses (RVs) are small (30 nm), non-enveloped viruses that contain a single-strand ribonucleic acid (RNA) genome within an icosahedral (20-sided) capsid. RVs belong to the Picornaviridae family, which includes the genera Enterovirus (polioviruses, coxsackieviruses groups A and B, echoviruses, numbered enteroviruses) and Hepatovirus (hepatitis A virus). Approximately 101 serotypes are identified currently. Rhinoviruses are most frequently associated with the common cold, nasopharyngitis, croup, pneumonia, otitis media and asthma exacerbations.
  • The inventor has made the unexpected discovery that the 2' substitutions on the β-D or β-L nucleosides of the present invention impart greater specificity for hepatitis C virus as well as exhibiting lower toxicity following administration to a host. The invention also includes a method for treating a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus and yellow fever virus and rhinovirus infection, that includes the administration of an anti-virally effective amount of a β-D or β-L nucleoside disclosed herein, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, optionally in combination or alternation with another effective antiviral agent.
  • The nucleosides of the present invention, possess the unique properties of having greater specificity for the hepatitis C virus and lower toxicity in culture or when administered into an animal. One potential, but non-limiting reason for this is the presence of the 2'-fluoro substitution on the ribose ring. For example, U.S. Patent No. 6,348,587 to Schinazi et al. , discloses a family of 2'-fluoro nucleoside compounds that are useful in the treatment of hepatitis C virus infection. In contrast, are 2'-methyl subsitututions such as found in 2'-C-methylcytidine as shown in WO 2004/02999 to Idenix wherein the 2'-methyl substitution on the nucleoside ring at the 2' position is not specific to hepatitis C.
  • Thus, in one aspect, the antivirally effective nucleoside is a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the general formula:
    Figure imgb0001
     wherein
    1. (a) Base is a naturally occurring or modified purine or pyrimidine base;
    2. (b) X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R,S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
    3. (c) R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including 5'-monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is OH or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group; and
    4. (d) R2 and R2' are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, R2 and R2' can be together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2; OR7and
    5. (e) R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH) fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro.
  • In various aspects of the invention, the Base can be selected from
    Figure imgb0002
     wherein
    1. (a) Y is N or CH.
    2. (b) R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen (including F, Cl, Br, I), OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHC1, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      wherein R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
  • In still another aspect, the (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof can be of the formula:
    Figure imgb0003
     wherein
    1. (a) Base, Y, R1, R2, R2', R3, R4, R5, R6, R7 and R' are as described above.
  • Various aspects of the present invention also include pharmaceutical compositions comprising any of the (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L)described herein or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • The present invention also provides in various aspects, methods for the treatment or prophylaxis of hepatitis C virus infection, West Nile virus infection, a yellow fever viral infection or a rhinovirus infection comprising administering to a host an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside disclosed herein. The invention also includes methods for treating or preventing Flaviviridae infection, including all members of the Hepacivirus genus (HCV), Pestivirus genus (BVDV, CSFV, BDV), or Flavivirus genus (Dengue virus, Japanese encephalitis virus group (including West Nile Virus), and Yellow Fever virus).
  • In various aspects, the (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl β-D-nucleoside has an EC50 (effective concentration to achieve 50% inhibition) when tested in an appropriate cell-based assay, of less than 15 micromolar, and more particularly, less than 10 or 5 micromolar. In other aspects, the nucleoside is enantiomerically enriched.
  • The present invention also provides methods for the treatment or prophylaxis of a hepatitis C virus infection, West Nile virus infection, a yellow fever viral infection or a rhinovirus infection in a host comprising administering an effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleosides (β-D or β-L) disclosed herein, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other effective antiviral agent(s), optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent thereof, as described herein. Nonlimiting examples of the types of antiviral agents or their prodrugs that can be used in combination with the compounds disclosed herein include, but are not limited to: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon in combination with ribavirin; a protease inhibitor including NS3 inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadneylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; silybin-phosphatidlycholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
  • The following non-limiting aspects illustrate some general methodology to obtain the nucleosides of the present invention. Specifically, the synthesis of the present nucleosides can be achieved by either of two general means:
    1. 1) alkylating the appropriately modified carbohydrate building block, subsequent fluroination, followed by coupling to form the nucleosides of the present invention (Scheme 1) or
    2. 2) glycosylation to form the nucleoside followed by alkylation and fluorination of the pre-formed nucleosides of the present invention (Scheme 2).
  • In addition, the L-enantiomers corresponding to the compounds of the invention can be prepared following the same general methods (Schemes 1 or 2), beginning with the corresponding L-carbohydrate building block or nucleoside L-enantiomer as the starting material.
  • Thus, the present invention includes at least the following general features:
    1. (a) β-D and β-L nucleosides of the general formulas disclosed, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof, as described herein;
    2. (b) processes for the preparation of the β-D and β-L nucleosides of the general formula disclosed, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or prodrugs thereof, as described herein;
    3. (c) pharmaceutical compositions comprising a β-D or β-L nucleoside of the general formulas disclosed, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent thereof, as described herein, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a viral infection in a host;
    4. (d) pharmaceutical compositions comprising a β-D or β-L nucleoside of the general formulas disclosed, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, in combination with one or more other effective antiviral agent(s), optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent thereof, as described herein, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a viral infection in a host;
    5. (e) methods for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus and yellow fever virus and rhinovirus infection in a host comprising administering an effective amount of a β-D or β-L nucleoside of the general formulas disclosed, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent thereof, as described herein;
    6. (f) methods for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus and yellow fever virus and rhinovirus infection in a host comprising administering an effective amount of a β-D or β-L nucleoside of the general formulas disclosed, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other effective antiviral agent(s), optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent thereof, as described herein;
    7. (g) use of a β-D or β-L nucleoside of the general formulas disclosed, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, as described herein, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus and yellow fever virus and rhinovirus infection in a host;
    8. (h) use of a β-D or β-L nucleoside of the general formulas disclosed, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other effective antiviral agent(s), optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, as described herein, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus and yellow fever virus and rhinovirus infection in a host;
    9. (i) use of a β-D or β-L nucleoside of the general formulas disclosed, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus and yellow fever virus and rhinovirus infection in a host;
    10. (j) use of a β-D or β-L nucleoside of the general formulas disclosed, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, in combination or alternation with one or more other effective antiviral agent(s), optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, as described herein, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus and yellow fever virus and rhinovirus infection in a host;
    11. (k) use of a β-D or β-L nucleoside of the general formulas disclosed, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, as described herein, in a medical therapy, i.e. as antiviral for example for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus and yellow fever virus and rhinovirus infection;
    12. (l) use of a β-D or β-L nucleoside of the general formulas disclosed, as described herein, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, i.e. as antiviral agent, in combination or alternation with one or more other effective therapeutic agent(s), i.e. another antiviral agent, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent, as described herein, in a medical therapy, for example for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus and yellow fever virus and rhinovirus infection in a host.
    BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
    • Figure 1 is a graphical depiction of the dose-dependent reduction of the replicon HCV RNA based on the treatement with β-D-(2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine. (A): The viral reduction was compared to the reduction of cellular RNA levels (ribosomal RNA) to obtain therapeuric index values. EC90 which represents the effective concentration 90% at 96 hours following the dose-dependent administration of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine was determined to be 5 µM. (B): HCV RNA was significantly reduced in a dose-dependent manner for 7 days following treatment with 25 µM.
    • Figure 2 depicts the average weight change (%) of female Swiss mice in the toxicity study of β-D-(2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine at various doses. Intraperitneal injections were given on days 0 to day 5 of the 0, 3.3, 10, 33, 100 mg/kg. Each dosing group contained 5 mice and no mice died during the 30-day study.
    • Figure 3 depicts the pharmacokinetics of β-D-(2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine in Rhesus monkeys given a single dose (33.3 mg/kg) oral or intravenous dose of β-D-(2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine.
    DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • Various embodiments of the invention are now described in detail. As used in the description herein and throughout the claims that follow, the meaning of "a," "an," and "the" includes plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Also, as used in the description herein and throughout the claims that follow, the meaning of "in" includes "in" and "on" unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • The terms used in this specification generally have their ordinary meanings in the art, within the context of the invention, and in the specific context where each term is used. Certain terms that are used to describe the invention are discussed below, or elsewhere in the specification, to provide additional guidance to the practitioner in describing the compositions and methods of the invention and how to make and use them. For convenience, certain terms may be highlighted, for example using italics and/or quotation marks. The use of highlighting has no influence on the scope and meaning of a term; the scope and meaning of a term is the same, in the same context, whether or not it is highlighted. It will be appreciated that the same thing can be said in more than one way. Consequently, alternative language and synonyms may be used for any one or more of the terms discussed herein, nor is any special significance to be placed upon whether or not a term is elaborated or discussed herein. Synonyms for certain terms are provided. A recital of one or more synonyms does not exclude the use of other synonyms. The use of examples anywhere in this specification, including examples of any terms discussed herein, is illustrative only, and in no way limits the scope and meaning of the invention or of any exemplified term. Likewise, the invention is not limited to various embodiments given in this specification.
  • As used herein, "about" or "approximately" shall generally mean within 20 percent, preferably within 10 percent, and more preferably within 5 percent of a given value or range. Numerical quantities given herein are approximate, meaning that the term "about" or "approximately" can be inferred if not expressly stated.
  • The present invention provides (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleosides and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs for the treatment of hepatitis C virus infection, West Nile virus infection, a yellow fever viral infection or a rhinovirus infection in a host.
  • The disclosed compounds or their pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives or salts or pharmaceutically acceptable formulations containing these compounds are useful in the prevention and treatment of HCV infections. In addition, these compounds or formulations can be used prophylactically to prevent or retard the progression of clinical illness in individuals who are anti-HCV antigen positive or who have been exposed to HCV.
  • The compounds disclosed herein can be converted into a pharmaceutically acceptable ester by reaction with an appropriate esterifying agent, for example, an acid halide or anhydride. The compound or its pharmaceutically acceptable derivative can be converted into a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a conventional manner, for example, by treatment with an appropriate base. The ester or salt of the compound can be converted into the parent compound, for example, by hydrolysis.
    • Definitions
  • The term "independently" is used herein to indicate that the variable, which is independently applied, varies independently from application to application. Thus, in a compound such as RaXYRa, wherein Ra is "independently carbon or nitrogen", both Ra can be carbon, both Ra can be nitrogen, or one Ra can be carbon and the other Ra nitrogen.
  • As used herein, the terms "enantiomerically pure" or "enantiomerically enriched"refers to a nucleoside composition that comprises at least approximately 95%, and preferably approximately 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% of a single enantiomer of that nucleoside.
  • As used herein, the term "substantially free of" or "substantially in the absence of" refers to a nucleoside composition that includes at least 85 or 90% by weight, preferably 95% to 98% by weight, and even more preferably 99% to 100% by weight, of the designated enantiomer of that nucleoside. In a preferred embodiment, in the methods and compounds of this invention, the compounds are substantially free of enantiomers.
  • Similarly, the term "isolated" refers to a nucleoside composition that includes at least 85 or 90% by weight, preferably 95% to 98% by weight, and even more preferably 99% to 100% by weight, of the nucleoside, the remainder comprising other chemical species or enantiomers.
  • The term "alkyl," as used herein, unless otherwise specified, refers to a saturated straight, branched, or cyclic, primary, secondary, or tertiary hydrocarbon of typically C1 to C10, and specifically includes methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, cyclopentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, and 2,3-dimethylbutyl. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted alkyl groups. Alkyl groups can be optionally substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, or any other viable functional group that does not inhibit the pharmacological activity of this compound, either unprotected, or protected, as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999, hereby incorporated by reference.
  • The term "lower alkyl," as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to a C1 to C4 saturated straight, branched, or if appropriate, a cyclic (for example, cyclopropyl) alkyl group, including both substituted and unsubstituted forms. Unless otherwise specifically stated in this application, when alkyl is a suitable moiety, lower alkyl is preferred. Similarly, when alkyl or lower alkyl is a suitable moiety, unsubstituted alkyl or lower alkyl is preferred.
  • The terms "alkylamino" or "arylamino" refer to an amino group that has one or two alkyl or aryl substituents, respectively.
  • The term "protected," as used herein and unless otherwise defined, refers to a group that is added to an oxygen, nitrogen, or phosphorus atom to prevent its further reaction or for other purposes. A wide variety of oxygen and nitrogen protecting groups are known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis. Non-limiting examples include: C(O)-alkyl, C(O)Ph, C(O)aryl, CH3, CH2-alkyl, CH2-alkenyl, CH2Ph, CH2-aryl, CH2O-alkyl, CH2O-aryl, SO2-alkyl, SO2-aryl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, and 1,3-(1, 1,3,3-tetraisopropyldisiloxanylidene).
  • The term "aryl," as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to phenyl, biphenyl, or naphthyl, and preferably phenyl. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties. The aryl group can be substituted with one or more moieties selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999.
  • The terms "alkaryl" or "alkylaryl" refer to an alkyl group with an aryl substituent. The terms "aralkyl" or "arylalkyl" refer to an aryl group with an alkyl substituent.
  • The term "halo," as used herein, includes chloro, bromo, iodo and fluoro.
  • The term "acyl" refers to a carboxylic acid ester in which the non-carbonyl moiety of the ester group is selected from straight, branched, or cyclic alkyl or lower alkyl, alkoxyalkyl including methoxymethyl, aralkyl including benzyl, aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl, aryl including phenyl optionally substituted with halogen (F, Cl, Br, I), C1 to C4 alkyl or C1 to C4 alkoxy, sulfonate esters such as alkyl or aralkyl sulphonyl including methanesulfonyl, the mono, di or triphosphate ester, trityl or monomethoxytrityl, substituted benzyl, trialkylsilyl (e.g. dimefhyl-t-butylsilyl) or diphenylmefhylsilyl. Aryl groups in the esters optimally comprise a phenyl group.
  • The term "lower acyl" refers to an acyl group in which the non-carbonyl moiety is lower alkyl.
  • The term "purine" or "pyrimidine" base includes, but is not limited to, adenine, N6-alkylpurines, N6-acylpurines (wherein acyl is C(O)(alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, or arylalkyl), N6-benzylpurine, N6-halopurine, N^-vinylpurine, N6-acetylenic purine, N6-acyl purine, N6-hydroxyalkyl purine, N6-allcylaminopurine, N6-thioallcyl purine, N2-alkylpurines, N2-alkyl-6-fhiopurines, thymine, cytosine, 5-fluorocytosine, 5-mefhylcytosine, 6-azapyrimidine, including 6-azacytosine, 2-and/or 4-mercaptopyrmidine, uracil, 5-halouracil, including 5-fluorouracil, C5-alkylpyrimidines, C5-benzylpyrimidines, C5-halopyrimidines, C5-vinylpyrimidine, C5-acetylenic pyrimidine, C5-acyl pyrimidine, C5-hydroxyalkyl purine, C5-amidopyrimidine, C5-cyanopyrimidine, ,C5 -iodopyrimidine, C6-lodo-pyrimidine, C5-Br-vinyl pyrimidine, C6-Br-vinyl pyriniidine, C5-nitropyrimidine, C5-amino-pyrimidine, N2-alkylpurines, N2-alkyl-6-thiopurines, 5-azacytidinyl, 5-azauracilyl, triazolopyridinyl, imidazolopyridinyl, pyrrolopyrimidinyl, and pyrazolopyrimidinyl. Purine bases include, but are not limited to, guanine, adenine, hypoxanthine, 2,6-diaminopurine, and 6-chloropurine. Functional oxygen and nitrogen groups on the base can be protected as necessary or desired. Suitable protecting groups are well known to those skilled in the art, and include trimethylsilyl, dimethylhexylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, and t-butyldiphenylsilyl, trityl, alkyl groups, and acyl groups such as acetyl and propionyl, methanesulfonyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl.
  • The term "acyl" or "O-linked ester" refers to a group of the formula C(O)R', wherein R' is an straight, branched, or cyclic alkyl (including lower alkyl), amino acid, aryl including phenyl, ailcaryl, aralkyl including benzyl, alkoxyalkyl including methoxymethyl, aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl; or substituted ailcyl (including lower alkyl), aryl including phenyl optionally substituted with chioro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, C1 to C4 alkyl or C1 to C4 alkoxy, sulfonate esters such as alkyl or aralkyl sulphonyl including methanesulfonyl, the mono, di or triphosphate ester, trityl or monomethoxy-trityl, substituted benzyl, alkaryl, aralkyl including benzyl, alkoxyalicyl including methoxymethyl, aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl. Aryl groups in the esters optimally comprise a phenyl group. In particular, acyl groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, methylacetyl, cyclopropylacetyl, cyclopropyl carboxy, propionyl, butyryl, hexanoyl, heptanoyl, octanoyl, neo-heptanoyl, phenylacetyl, 2-acetoxy-2-phenylacetyl, diphenylacetyl, α-methoxy-α;-trifluoromethyl-phenylacetyl, bromoacetyl, 2-nitro-benzeneacetyl, 4-chloro-benzeneacetyl, 2-chloro-2,2-diphenylacetyl, 2-chloro-2-phenylacetyl, trimethylacetyl, chlorodifluoroacetyl, perfluoro acetyl, fluoroacetyl, bromodifluoroacetyl, methoxyacetyl, 2-thiopheneacetyl, chlorosulfonylacetyl, 3-methoxyphenylacetyl, phenoxyacetyl, tert-butylacetyl, trichloroacetyl, monochloro-acetyl, dichloroacetyl, 7H-dodecafluoro-heptanoyl, perfluoroheptanoyl, 7H-dodeca-fluoroheptanoyl, 7-chlorododecafluoro-heptanoyl, 7-chloro-dodecafluoro-heptanoyl, 7H-dodecafluoroheptanoyl, 7H-dodeca-fluoroheptanoyl, nona-fluoro-3,6-dioxaheptanoyl, nonafluoro-3,6-dioxaheptanoyl, perfluoroheptanoyl, methoxybenzoyl, methyl 3-amino-5-phenylthiophene-2-carboxyl, 3,6-dichloro-2-methoxy-benzoyl, 4-(1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy)-benzoyl, 2-bromo-propionyl, omega-aminocapryl, decanoyl, n-pentadecanoyl, stearyl, 3-cyclopentyl-propionyl, 1-benzene-carboxyl, O-acetyimandelyl, pivaloyl acetyl, 1-adamantane-carboxyl, cyclohexane-carboxyl, 2,6-pyridinedicarboxyl, cyclopropane-carboxyl, cyclobutane-carboxyl, perfluorocyclohexyl carboxyl, 4-methylbenzoyl, chloromethyl isoxazolyl carbonyl, perfluorocyclohexyl carboxyl, crotonyl, 1-methyl-1H-indazole-3-carbonyl, 2-propenyl, isovaleryl, 1-pyrrolidinecarbonyl, 4-phenylbenzoyl. When the term acyl is used, it is meant to be a specific and independent disclosure of acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, methylacetyl, cyclopropylacetyl, propionyl, butyryl, hexanoyl, heptanoyl, octanoyl, neo-heptanoyl, phenylacetyl, diphenylacetyl, ct-trifluoromethyl-phenylacetyl, bromoacetyl, 4-chloro-benzeneacetyl, 2-chloro-2,2-diphenylacetyl, 2-chloro-2-phenylacetyl, trimethylacetyl, chlorodifluoroacetyl, perfluoroacetyl, fluoroacetyl, bromodifluoroacetyl, 2-thiopheneacetyl, tert-butylacetyl, trichloroacetyl, monochloro-acetyl, dichloroacetyl, methoxybenzoyl, 2-bromo-propionyl, decanoyl, n-pentadecanoyl, stearyl, 3-cyclopentyl-propionyl, 1-benzene-carboxyl, pivaloyl acetyl, 1-adamantane-carboxyl, cyclohexane-carboxyl, 2,6-pyridinedicarboxyl, cyclopropane-carboxyl, cyclobutane-carboxyl, 4-methylbenzoyl, crotonyl, 1-methyl-1H-indazole-3-carbonyl, 2-propenyl, isovaleryl, 4-phenylbenzoyl.
  • The term "amino acid" includes naturally occurring and synthetic α, β γ or δ amino acids, and includes but is not limited to, amino acids found in proteins, i.e. glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, proline, serine, threonine, cysteine, tyrosine, asparagine, glutamine, aspartate, glutamate, lysine, arginine and histidine. In a preferred embodiment, the amino acid is in the 1-configuration. Alternatively, the amino acid can be a derivative of alanyl, valinyl, leucinyl, isoleucinyl, prolinyl, phenylalaninyl, tryptophanyl, methioninyl, glycinyl, serinyl, threoninyl, cysteinyl, tyrosinyl, asparaginyl, glutaminyl, aspartoyl, glutaroyl, lysinyl, argininyl, histidinyl, β-alanyl, β-valinyl, β-leucinyl, β-isoleucinyl, β-prolinyl, β-phenylalaninyl, β-tryptophanyl, β-methioninyl, β-glycinyl, β-serinyl, β-threoninyl, β-cysteinyl, β-tyrosinyl, β-asparaginyl, β-glutaminyl, β-aspartoyl, β-glutaroyl, β-lysinyl, β-argininyl or β-histidinyl. When the term amino acid is used, it is considered to be a specific and independent disclosure of each of the esters of α, β, γ or δ glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, proline, serine, threonine, cysteine, tyrosine, asparagine, glutamine, aspartate, glutamate, lysine, arginine and histidine in the D and L-configurations.
  • The term "host," as used herein, refers to a unicellular or multicellular organism in which the virus can replicate, including cell lines and animals, and preferably a human. Alternatively, the host can be carrying a part of the viral genome, whose replication or functions can be altered by the compounds of the present invention. The term host specifically refers to infected cells, cells transfected with all or part of the viral genome, and animals, in particular, primates and humans. In most animal applications of the present invention, the host is a human patient. Veterinary applications, in certain indications, however, are clearly anticipated by the present invention.
  • The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug" is used throughout the specification to describe any pharmaceutically acceptable form (such as an ester, phosphate ester, salt of an ester or a related group) of a compound which, upon administration to a patient, provides the active compound. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic bases and acids. Suitable salts include those derived from alkali metals such as potassium and sodium, alkaline earth metals such as calcium and magnesium, among numerous other acids well known in the pharmaceutical art. Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs refer to a compound that is metabolized, for example hydrolyzed or oxidized, in the host to form the compound of the present invention. Typical examples of prodrugs include compounds that have biologically labile protecting groups on a functional moiety of the active compound. Prodrugs include compounds that can be oxidized, reduced, aminated, deaminated, hydroxylated, dehydroxylated, hydrolyzed, dehydrolyzed, alkylated, dealkylated, acylated, deacylated, phosphorylated, dephosphorylated to produce the active compound.
    • I. Active Compound, and Physiologically Acceptable Derivatives and Salts Thereof
  • A (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof is provided of the structure:
    Figure imgb0004
     wherein Base refers to a naturally occurring or modified purine or pyrimidine base; X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW, C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
    • R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is OH or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group; and
    • R2 and R2' are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2; C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C C1-4 alkenyl), O(C C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7, R2 and R2' can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2; and
    • R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH) fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro.
  • In a second embodiment, a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof is provided of the structure:
    Figure imgb0005
     wherein Base, R1, R2 R2', R6 and R7 are as defined above.
  • A third embodiment provides a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the structure:
    Figure imgb0006
     wherein X, R1, R 2 R2', R6 and R7 are as defined above, and
    Base is selected from
    Figure imgb0007
     Y is N or CH;
    R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen (including F, Cl, Br, I), OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHC1, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
    R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
  • In a fourth embodiment, a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof is provided of the structure:
    Figure imgb0008
     wherein Base is selected from
    Figure imgb0009
     and, wherein R1, R2, R2',R3, R4, R5, R6 and Y are as defined above.
  • A fifth embodiment provides a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the structure:
    Figure imgb0010
     wherein Base refers to a naturally occurring or modified purine or pyrimidine base;
    R7 is independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group; and
    wherein X and R1 are as defined above.
  • In a sixth embodiment, a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof is provided of the structure:
    Figure imgb0011
     wherein Base refers to a naturally occurring or modified purine or pyrimidine base; and
    wherein R1 and R7 are as defined above.
  • A seventh embodiment provides a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the structure:
    Figure imgb0012
     wherein Base is selected from
    Figure imgb0013
     and wherein X, Y, R1, R3, R4, R5, R7 and R'are as defined above.
  • In an eighth embodiment, a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof is provided of the structure:
    Figure imgb0014
     wherein Base is selected from
    Figure imgb0015
     and, wherein Y, R1, R3, R4, R5, R7 and R' are as defined above.
  • A ninth embodiment provides a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the structure:
    Figure imgb0016
     wherein Base is:
    Figure imgb0017
     and wherein X is defined as above, R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2' is H, R3 is H, R4 is NH2 or OH, and R6 is H.
  • In a tenth embodiment, a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof is provided of the structure:
    Figure imgb0018
     wherein Base is:
    Figure imgb0019
     and wherein R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2' is H, R3 is H, R4 is NH2 or OH, and R6 is H.
  • An eleventh embodiment provides a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the structure:
    Figure imgb0020
     wherein Base is:
    Figure imgb0021
     and wherein X is defined as above, R1 is H, R3 is H, R4 is NH2 or OH, R6 is H, and R7 is H.
  • In a twelfth embodiment, a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof is provided of the structure:
    Figure imgb0022
     wherein Base is:
    Figure imgb0023
     and wherein R1 is H, R3 is H, R4 is NH2 or OH, and R7 is H.
  • A thirteenth embodiment provides a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the structure:
    Figure imgb0024
  • In a fourteenth embodiment, a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or product thereof is provided by the structure:
    Figure imgb0025
     wherein X, R1, R6 and R7 are as defined above.
  • In a fifteenth embodiment, a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or product thereof is provided by the structure:
    Figure imgb0026
     wherein R1, R6 and R7 are as defined above.
  • In a sixteenth embodiment, a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside nucleoside, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or product thereof is provided by the structure:
    Figure imgb0027
  • In a seventeenth embodiment, a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or product thereof is provided by the structure:
    Figure imgb0028
     wherein X and R1 are as defined above.
  • In an eighteenth embodiment, a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or product thereof is provided by the structure:
    Figure imgb0029
  • In a nineteenth embodiment, a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or product thereof is provided by the structure:
    Figure imgb0030
     wherein X and R1 are as defined above.
  • In a twentieth embodiment, a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or product thereof is provided by the structure:
    Figure imgb0031
  • The present invention also contemplates 5'-triphosphate triphosphoric acid ester derivates of the 5'-hydroxyl group of a nucleoside compound of the present invention having the following general structural formula:
    Figure imgb0032
     wherein Base, X, R2, R2', and R6 are as defined as above.
  • The compounds of the present invention are also intended to include pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the triphosphate ester as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts of 5'-diphosphate and 5'-monophosphate ester derivatives of the following structural formulas, respectively.
    Figure imgb0033
    Figure imgb0034
     wherein Base, X, R2, R2' and R6 are as defined above.
  • Further non-limiting examples of phosphoric acid derivatives are the nucleosides of the present invention are shown below:
    Figure imgb0035
    Figure imgb0036
    Figure imgb0037
    Figure imgb0038
    Figure imgb0039
    Figure imgb0040
    Figure imgb0041
    Figure imgb0042
    Figure imgb0043
  • The present invention also contemplates that any phosphate nucleoside derivative can include a 5'-(S-acyl-2-thioethyl)phosphate or "SATE" mono or diester derivative of the 5'-monophosphates.
  • Alternative embodiments are also contemplated wherein the N-4 amino group on a phosphate nucleoside derivative can be replaced with H, F, Cl, Br or I.
  • Additional embodiments include 3' and/or 5' produrgs as described in more detail herein.
  • In the various embodiments, the fluorinated derivatives are preferred. Fluorine is viewed as "isosteric" with hydrogen because of its size (Van der Waals radii for H is 1.20A and for F 1.35A). However, the atomic weight (18.998) and electronegativity of fluorine (4.0 [Pauling's scale], 4.000 [Sanderson's scale]) are more similar to oxygen (3.5 [Pauling]. 3.654 [Sanderson]) than hydrogen (2.1 [Pauling], 2.592 [Sanderson]) (March, J., "Advances in Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure" Third edition, 1985, p. 14., Wiley Interscience, New York). Fluorine is known to be capable of forming a hydrogen bond, but unlike a hydroxyl group (which can act both as proton acceptor and proton donor) fluorine acts only as a proton acceptor. On the other hand, 2'-fluoro-ribonucleosides can be viewed as analogues of both ribonucleosides and deoxynucleosides. They may be better recognized by viral RNA polymerase at the triphosphate level than by the host RNA polymerase thus selectively inhibiting the viral enzyme.
    • II. Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts and Prodrugs
  • In cases where compounds are sufficiently basic or acidic to form stable nontoxic acid or base salts, administration of the compound as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be appropriate. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic or organic bases and acids. Suitable salts include those derived from alkali metals such as potassium and sodium, alkaline earth metals such as calcium and magnesium, among numerous other acids well known in the pharmaceutical art. In particular, examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are organic acid addition salts formed with acids, which form a physiological acceptable anion, for example, tosylate, methanesulfonate, acetate, citrate, malonate, tartarate, succinate, benzoate, ascorbate, α -ketoglutarate, and α -glycerophosphate. Suitable inorganic salts may also be formed, including, sulfate, nitrate, bicarbonate, and carbonate salts.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be obtained using standard procedures well known in the art, for example by reacting a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine with a suitable acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion. Alkali metal (for example, sodium, potassium or lithium) or alkaline earth metal (for example calcium) salts of carboxylic acids can also be made.
  • Any of the nucleosides described herein can be administered as a nucleotide prodrug to increase the activity, bioavailability, stability or otherwise alter the properties of the nucleoside. A number of nucleotide prodrug ligands are known. In general, alkylation, acylation or other lipophilic modification of the mono, di or triphosphate of the nucleoside will increase the stability of the nucleotide. Examples of substituent groups that can replace one or more hydrogens on the phosphate moiety are alkyl, aryl, steroids, carbohydrates, including sugars, 1,2-diacylglycerol and alcohols. Many are described in R. Jones and N. Bischofberger, Antiviral Research, 27 (1995) 1-17. Any of these can be used in combination with the disclosed nucleosides to achieve a desired effect.
  • The active nucleoside can also be provided as a 5'-phosphoether lipid or a 5'-ether lipid, as disclosed in the following references, which are incorporated by reference herein: Kucera, L.S., N. Iyer, E. Leake, A. Raben, Modest E.K., D.L.W., and C. Piantadosi. 1990. "Novel membrane-interactive ether lipid analogs that inhibit infectious HIV-1 production and induce defective virus formation." AIDS Res. Hum. Retro Viruses. 6:491-501; Piantadosi, C., J. Marasco C.J., S.L. Morris-Natschke, K.L. Meyer, F. Gumus, J.R. Surles, K.S. Ishaq, L.S. Kucera, N. Iyer, C.A. Wallen, S. Piantadosi, and E.J. Modest. 1991. "Synthesis and evaluation of novel ether lipid nucleoside conjugates for anti-HIV activity." J. Med. Chem. 34:1408.1414; Hosteller, K.Y., D.D. Richman, D.A. Carson, L.M. Stuhmiller, G.M.T. van Wijk, and H. van den Bosch. 1992. "Greatly enhanced inhibition of human ; Hosetler, K.Y., L.M. Stuhmiller, H.B. Lenting, H. van den Bosch, and D.D. Richman, 1990. "Synthesis and antiretroviral activity of phospholipid analogs of azidothymidine and other antiviral nucleosides." J. Biol. Chem. 265:61127.
  • Nonlimiting examples of U.S. patents that disclose suitable lipophilic substituents that can be covalently incorporated into the nucleoside, preferably at the 5'-OH position of the nucleoside or lipophilic preparations, include U.S. Patent Nos. 5,149,794 ; 5,194,654 ; 5,223,263 ; 5,256,641 ; 5,411,947 ; 5,463,092 ; 5,543,389 ; 5,543,390 ; 5,543,391 ; and 5,554,728 , all of which are incorporated herein by reference. Foreign patent applications that disclose lipophilic substituents that can be attached to the nucleosides of the present invention, or lipophilic preparations, include WO 89/02733 , WO 90/00555 , WO 91/16920 , WO 91/18914 , WO 93/00910 , WO 94/26273 , WO 96/15132 , EP 0350287 , EP 93917054.4 , and WO 91/19721 .
    • III. Pharmaceutical Compositions
  • Pharmaceutical compositions based upon a β -D or β -L compound disclosed herein or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug can be prepared in a therapeutically effective amount for treating a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection, optionally in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable additive, carrier or excipient. The therapeutically effective amount may vary with the infection or condition to be treated, its severity, the treatment regimen to be employed, the pharmacokinetics of the agent used, as well as the patient treated.
  • In one aspect according to the present invention, the compound according to the present invention is formulated preferably in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In general, it is preferable to administer the pharmaceutical composition in orally administrable form, but formulations may be administered via parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular, transdermal, buccal, subcutaneous, suppository or other route. Intravenous and intramuscular formulations are preferably administered in sterile saline. One of ordinary skill in the art may modify the formulation within the teachings of the specification to provide numerous formulations for a particular route of administration without rendering the compositions of the present invention unstable or compromising its therapeutic activity. In particular, a modification of a desired compound to render it more soluble in water or other vehicle, for example, may be easily accomplished by routine modification (salt formulation, esterification, etc.).
  • In certain pharmaceutical dosage forms, the prodrug form of the compound, especially including acylated (acetylated or other) and ether derivatives, phosphate esters and various salt forms of the present compounds, is preferred. One of ordinary skill in the art will recognize how to readily modify the present compound to a prodrug form to facilitate delivery of active compound to a targeted site within the host organism or patient. The artisan also will take advantage of favorable pharmacokinetic parameters of the prodrug form, where applicable, in delivering the desired compound to a targeted site within the host organism or patient to maximize the intended effect of the compound in the treatment of a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection.
  • The amount of compound included within therapeutically active formulations, according to the present invention, is an effective amount for treating the infection or condition, in preferred embodiments, a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection. In general, a therapeutically effective amount of the present compound in pharmaceutical dosage form usually ranges from about 50 mg to about 2,000 mg or more, depending upon the compound used, the condition or infection treated and the route of administration. For purposes of the present invention, a prophylactically or preventively effective amount of the compositions, according to the present invention, falls within the same concentration range as set forth above for therapeutically effective amount and is usually the same as a therapeutically effective amount.
  • Administration of the active compound may range from continuous (intravenous drip) to several oral administrations per day (for example, Q.I.D., B.I.D., etc.) and may include oral, topical, parenteral, intramuscular, intravenous, subcutaneous, transdermal (which may include a penetration enhancement agent), buccal and suppository administration, among other routes of administration. Enteric-coated oral tablets may also be used to enhance bioavailability and stability of the compounds from an oral route of administration. The most effective dosage form will depend upon the pharmacokinetics of the particular agent chosen, as well as the severity of disease in the patient. Oral dosage forms are particularly preferred, because of ease of administration and prospective favorable patient compliance.
  • To prepare the pharmaceutical compositions according to the present invention, a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the compounds according to the present invention is preferably mixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques to produce a dose. A carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration, e.g., oral or parenteral. In preparing pharmaceutical compositions in oral dosage form, any of the usual pharmaceutical media may be used. Thus, for liquid oral preparations such as suspensions, elixirs and solutions, suitable carriers and additives including water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, coloring agents and the like may be used. For solid oral preparations such as powders, tablets, capsules, and for solid preparations such as suppositories, suitable carriers and additives including starches, sugar carriers, such as dextrose, mannitol, lactose and related carriers, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, disintegrating agents and the like may be used. If desired, the tablets or capsules may be enteric-coated for sustained release by standard techniques. The use of these dosage forms may significantly impact the bioavailability of the compounds in the patient.
  • For parenteral formulations, the carrier will usually comprise sterile water or aqueous sodium chloride solution, though other ingredients, including those that aid dispersion, also may be included. Where sterile water is to be used and maintained as sterile, the compositions and carriers must also be sterilized. Injectable suspensions may also be prepared, in which case appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents and the like may be employed.
  • Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to viral antigens) may also be prepared by conventional methods to produce pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. This may be appropriate for the delivery of free nucleosides, acyl nucleosides or phosphate ester prodrug forms of the nucleoside compounds according to the present invention.
  • In particularly preferred embodiments according to the present invention, the compounds and compositions are used to treat, prevent or delay the onset of a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection. The present compounds are preferably administered orally, but may be administered parenterally, topically or in suppository form.
  • The compounds according to the present invention, because of their low toxicity to host cells in certain instances, may be advantageously employed prophylactically to prevent a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection or to prevent the occurrence of clinical symptoms associated with the viral infection or condition. Thus, the present invention also encompasses methods for the prophylactic treatment of viral infection, and in particular a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection. In this aspect, according to the present invention, the present compositions are used to prevent or delay the onset of a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection. This prophylactic method comprises administration to a patient in need of such treatment, or who is at risk for the development of the virus or condition, an amount of a compound according to the present invention effective for alleviating, preventing or delaying the onset of the viral infection or condition. In the prophylactic treatment according to the present invention, it is preferred that the antiviral compound utilized should be low in toxicity and preferably non-toxic to the patient. It is particularly preferred in this aspect of the present invention that the compound that is used should be maximally effective against the virus or condition and should exhibit a minimum of toxicity to the patient. In the case of a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus, yellow fever virus, and a rhinovirus infection, compounds according to the present invention, which may be used to treat these disease states, may be administered within the same dosage range for therapeutic treatment (i.e., about 250 micrograms up to 1 gram or more from one to four times per day for an oral dosage form) as a prophylactic agent to prevent the proliferation of the viral infection, or alternatively, to prolong the onset of the viral infection, which manifests itself in clinical symptoms.
  • In addition, compounds according to the present invention can be administered in combination or alternation with one or more antiviral agents, including other compounds of the present invention. Certain compounds according to the present invention may be effective for enhancing the biological activity of certain agents according to the present invention by reducing the metabolism, catabolism or inactivation of other compounds and as such, are co-administered for this intended effect.
    • IV. Stereoisomerism and Polymorphism
  • It is appreciated that nucleosides of the present invention have several chiral centers and may exist in and be isolated in optically active and racemic forms. Some compounds may exhibit polymorphism. It is to be understood that the present invention encompasses any racemic, optically active, diastereomeric, polymorphic, or stereoisomeric form, or mixtures thereof, of a compound of the invention, which possess the useful properties described herein. It being well known in the art how to prepare optically active forms (for example, by resolution of the racemic form by recrystallization techniques, by synthesis from optically-active starting materials, by chiral synthesis, or by chromatographic separation using a chiral stationary phase).
  • Carbons of the nucleoside are chiral, their nonhydrogen substituents (the base and the CHOR groups, respectively) can be either cis (on the same side) or trans (on opposite sides) with respect to the sugar ring system. The four optical isomers therefore are represented by the following configurations (when orienting the sugar moiety in a horizontal plane such that the oxygen atom is in the back): cis (with both groups "up", which corresponds to the configuration of naturally occurring β-D nucleosides), cis (with both groups "down", which is a nonnaturally occurring β -L configuration), trans (with the C2' substituent "up" and the C4' substituent "down"), and trans (with the C2' substituent "down" and the C4' substituent "up"). The "D-nucleosides" are cis nucleosides in a natural configuration and the "L-nucleosides" are cis nucleosides in the nonnaturally occurring configuration.
  • Likewise, most amino acids are chiral (designated as L or D, wherein the L enantiomer is the naturally occurring configuration) and can exist as separate enantiomers.
  • Examples of methods to obtain optically active materials are known in the art, and include at least the following.
    • i) physical separation of crystals - a technique whereby macroscopic crystals of the individual enantiomers are manually separated. This technique can be used if crystals of the separate enantiomers exist, i.e., the material is a conglomerate, and the crystals are visually distinct;
    • ii) simultaneous crystallization - a technique whereby the individual enantiomers are separately crystallized from a solution of the racemate, possible only if the latter is a conglomerate in the solid state;
    • iii) enzymatic resolutions - a technique whereby partial or complete separation of a racemate by virtue of differing rates of reaction for the enantiomers with an enzyme;
    • iv) enzymatic asymmetric synthesis - a synthetic technique whereby at least one step of the synthesis uses an enzymatic reaction to obtain an enantiomerically pure or enriched synthetic precursor of the desired enantiomer;
    • v) chemical asymmetric synthesis - a synthetic technique whereby the desired enantiomer is synthesized from an achiral precursor under conditions that produce asymmetry (i.e., chirality) in the product, which may be achieved using chiral catalysts or chiral auxiliaries;
    • vi) diastereomer separations - a technique whereby a racemic compound is reacted with an enantiomerically pure reagent (the chiral auxiliary) that converts the individual enantiomers to diastereomers. The resulting diastereomers are then separated by chromatography or crystallization by virtue of their now more distinct structural differences and the chiral auxiliary later removed to obtain the desired enantiomer;
    • vii) first- and second-order asymmetric transformations - a technique whereby diastereomers from the raceniate equilibrate to yield a preponderance in solution of the diastereomer from the desired enantiomer or where preferential crystallization of the diastereomer from the desired enantiomer perturbs the equilibrium such that eventually in principle all the material is converted to the crystalline diastereomer from the desired enantiomer. The desired enantiomer is then released from the diastereomer;
    • viii) kinetic resolutions - this technique refers to the achievement of partial or complete resolution of a racemate (or of a further resolution of a partially resolved compound) by virtue of unequal reaction rates of the enantiomers with a chiral, non-racemic reagent or catalyst under kinetic conditions;
    • ix) enantiospecific synthesis from non-racemic precursors - a synthetic technique whereby the desired enantiomer is obtained from non-chiral starting materials and where the stereochemical integrity is not or is only minimally compromised over the course of the synthesis;
    • x) chiral liquid chromatography - a technique whereby the enantiomers of a racemate are separated in a liquid mobile phase by virtue of their differing interactions with a stationary phase. The stationary phase can be made of chiral material or the mobile phase can contain an additional chiral material to provoke the differing interactions;
    • xi) chiral gas chromatography - a technique whereby the racemate is volatilized and enantiomers are separated by virtue of their differing interactions in the gaseous mobile phase with a column containing a fixed non-racemic chiral adsorbent phase;
    • xii) extraction with chiral solvents - a technique whereby the enantiomers are separated by virtue of preferential dissolution of one enantiomer into a particular chiral solvent;
    • xiii) transport across chiral membranes - a technique whereby a racemate is placed in contact with a thin membrane barrier. The barrier typically separates two miscible fluids, one containing the racemate, and a driving force such as concentration or pressure differential causes preferential transport across the membrane barrier. Separation occurs as a result of the non-racemic chiral nature of the membrane which allows only one enantiomer of the racemate to pass through.
  • Chiral chromatography, including simulated moving bed chromatography, is used in one embodiment. A wide variety of chiral stationary phases are commercially available.
  • Some of the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds and unless otherwise specified, are meant to include both E and Z geometric isomers.
  • In addition, some of the nucleosides described herein, may exist as tautomers, such as, keto-enol tautomers. The individual tautomers as well as mixtures thereof are intended to be encompassed within the compounds of the present invention as illustrated below.
  • A(2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine:
    Figure imgb0044
  • A(2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylguanosine:
    Figure imgb0045
    Figure imgb0046
  • A(2'R)-2-amino-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyladenosine:
    Figure imgb0047
    Figure imgb0048
  • In each example above, the first drawn structure is the preferred form.
    • V. Prodrugs and Derivatives
  • The active compound can be administered as any salt or prodrug that upon administration to the recipient is capable of providing directly or indirectly the parent compound, or that exhibits activity itself. Nonlimiting examples are the pharmaceutically acceptable salts (alternatively referred to as "physiologically acceptable salts"), and a compound, which has been alkylated, acylated, or otherwise modified at the 5'-position, or on the purine or pyrimidine base (a type of "pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug"). Further, the modifications can affect the biological activity of the compound, in some cases increasing the activity over the parent compound. This can easily be assessed by preparing the salt or prodrug and testing its antiviral activity according to the methods described herein, or other methods known to those skilled in the art.
    • Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts
  • In cases where compounds are sufficiently basic or acidic to form stable nontoxic acid or base salts, administration of the compound as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be appropriate. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are organic acid addition salts formed by addition of acids, which form a physiological acceptable anion, for example, tosylate, methanesulfonate, acetate, citrate, malonate, tartarate, succinate, benzoate, ascorate, a-ketoglutarate, a-glycerophosphate, formate, fumarate, propionate, glycolate, lactate, pyruvate, oxalate, maleate, and salicylate. Suitable inorganic salts may also be formed, including, sulfate, nitrate, bicarbonate, carbonate salts, hydrobromate and phosphoric acid. In a preferred embodiment, the salt is a mono- or di- hydrochloride salt.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be obtained using standard procedures well known in the art, for example by reacting a sufficiently basic compound such as an amine with a suitable acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion. Alkali metal (for example, sodium, potassium or lithium) or alkaline earth metal (for example calcium) salts of carboxylic acids can also be made. In one embodiment, the salt is a hydrochloride, hydrobromide, or mesylate salt of the compound. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a dihydrochloride, dihydrobromide, or dimesylate salt.
    • Nucleotide Prodrug Formulations
  • The nucleosides described herein can be administered as a nucleotide prodrug to increase the activity, bioavailability, stability or otherwise alter the properties of the nucleoside. A number of nucleotide prodrug ligands are known. In general, alkylation, acylation or other lipophilic modification of the mono-, di- or triphosphate of the nucleoside reduces polarity and allows passage into cells. Examples of substituent groups that can replace one or more hydrogens on the phosphate moiety are ailcyl, aryl, steroids, carbohydrates, including sugars, 1,2-diacylglycerol and alcohols. Many are described in R. Jones and N. Bisehoferger, Antiviral Research, 1995, 27:1-17. Any of these can be used in combination with the disclosed nucleosides to achieve a desired effect.
  • In an alternative embodiment, the nucleoside is delivered as a phosphonate or a SATE derivative.
  • The active nucleoside can also be provided as a 2'-, 3'- and/or 5'-phosphoether lipid or a 2'-, 3'- and/or 5'-ether lipid. Non-limiting examples are described include the following references, which are incorporated by reference herein: Kucera, L.S., N. Iyer, E. Leake, A. Raben, Modest E.K., D.L.W., and C. Piantadosi. 1990. "Novel membrane-interactive ether lipid analogs that inhibit infectious HIV-1 production and induce defective virus formation." AIDS Res. Hum. Retro Viruses. 6:491-501; Piantadosi, C., J. Marasco C.J., S.L. Morris-Natschke, K.L. Meyer, F. Gumus, J.R. Surles, K.S. Ishaq, L.S. Kucera, N. Iyer, CA. Wallen, S. Piantadosi, and E.J. Modest. 1991. "Synthesis and evaluation of novel ether lipid nucleoside conjugates for anti-HIV activity." J. Med Chem. 34:1408.1414; Hosteller, K.Y., D.D. Richman, D.A. Carson, L.M. Stuhmiller, G.M.T. van Wijk, and H. van den Bosch. 1992. "Greatly enhanced inhibition of human ; Hosetler, K.Y., L.M. Stuhmiller, H.B. Lenting, H. van den Bosch, and D.D. Richman, 1990. "Synthesis and antiretroviral activity of phospholipid analogs of azidothymidine and other antiviral nucleosides." J. Biol. Chem. 265:61127.
  • Nonlimiting examples of U.S. patents that disclose suitable lipophilic substituents that can be covalently incorporated into the nucleoside, preferably at the 2'-, 3'- and/or 5'-OH position of the nucleoside or lipophilic preparations, include U.S. Patent Nos. 5,149,794 (Sep. 22, 1992, Yatvin et al. ); 5,194,654 (Mar. 16, 1993, Hostetler et al. , 5,223,263 (June 29, 1993, Hostetler et al. ); 5,256,641 (Oct. 26, 1993, Yatvin et al. ); 5,411,947 (May 2, 1995, Hostetler et al. ); 5,463,092 (Oct. 31, 1995, Hostetler et al. ); 5,543,389 (Aug. 6, 1996, Yatvin et al. ); 5,543,390 (Aug. 6, 1996, Yatvin et al. ); 5,543,391 (Aug. 6, 1996, Yatvin et al. ); and 5,554,728 (Sep. 10, 1996; Basava et al. ), all of which are incorporated herein by reference. Foreign patent applications that disclose lipophilic substituents that can be attached to the nucleosides of the present invention, or lipophilic preparations, include WO 89/02733 , WO 90/00555 , WO 91/16920 , WO 91/18914 , WO 93/00910 , WO 94/26273 , WO 96/15132 , EP 0350287 , EP 93917054.4 , and WO 91/19721 .
  • Aryl esters, especially phenyl esters, are also provided. Nonlimiting examples are disclosed in DeLambert et al., J. Med. Chem. 37: 498 (1994). Phenyl esters containing a carboxylic ester ortho to the phosphate are also provided. Khaninei and Torrence, J. Med. Chem.; 39:41094115 (1996). In particular, benzyl esters, which generate the parent compound, in some cases using substituents at the ortho- or para-position to accelerate hydrolysis, are provided. Examples of this class of prodrugs are described by Mitchell et al., J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. I2345 (1992); Brook, et al. WO 91/19721 ; and Glazier et al. WO 91/1 9721 .
  • Cyclic and noncyclic phosphonate esters are also provided. Nonlimiting examples are disclosed in Hunston et al., J. Med. Chem. 27: 440-444 (1984) and Starrett et al. J. Med. Chem. 37: 1857-1864 (1994). Additionally, cyclic 3',5'-phosphate esters are provided. Nonlimiting examples are disclosed in Meier et al. J. Med. Chem. 22: 811-815 (1979). Cyclic 1',3'-propanyl phosphonate and phosphate esters, such as ones containing a fused aryl ring, i.e. the cyclosaligenyl ester, are also provided (Meier et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 7: 99-104 (1997)). Unsubstituted cyclic 1',3'-propanyl esters of the monophosphates are also provided (Farquhar et al., J. Med. Chem. 26: 1153 (1983); Farquhar et al., J. Med. Chem. 28: 1358 (1985)) were prepared. In addition, cyclic 1',3'-propanyl esters substituted with a pivaloyloxy methyloxy group at C-1' are provided (Freed et al., Biochem. Pharmac. 38: 3193 (1989); Biller et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,157,027 ).
  • Cyclic phosphoramidates are known to cleave in vivo by an oxidative mechanism. Therefore, in one embodiment of the present invention, a variety of substituted 1',3' propanyl cyclic phosphoramidates are provided. Non-limiting examples are disclosed by Zon, Progress in Med. Chem. 19, 1205 (1982). Additionally, a number of 2'- and 3'- substituted proesters are provided. 2'-Substituents include methyl, dimethyl, bromo, trifluoromethyl, chloro, hydroxy, and methoxy; 3'-substituents including phenyl, methyl, trifluoromethyl, ethyl, propyl, i-propyl, and cyclohexyl. A variety of 1'-substituted analogs are also provided.
  • Cyclic esters of phosphorus-containing compounds are also provided. Non-limiting examples are described in the following:
    • ● di and tri esters of phosphoric acids as reported in Nifantyev et al., Phosphorus, Sulfur Silicon and Related Elements, 113: 1 (1996); Wijnberg et al., EP-180276 Al ;
    • ● phosphorus (III) acid esters. Kryuchkov et al., Izy. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ser. Khim. 6:1244 (1987). Some of the compounds were claimed to be useful for the asymmetric synthesis of L-Dopa precursors. Sylvain et al., DE3S 12781 Al;
    • ● phosphoramidates. Shili et al., Bull. Inst. Chem. Acad. Sin, 41: 9 (1994); Edmundson et al., J. Chem. Res. Synop. 5:122 (1989); and
    • ● phosphonates. Neidlein et al., Heterocycles 35: 1185 (1993).
    N 4 -acyl Prodrugs
  • The invention also provides N4- acyl prodrugs. A non-limiting example of an N4-acyl derivative of (2'R)-2'-F-2'-C-methylcytidine is shown below:
    Figure imgb0049
     wherein R can be any acyl group as described herein.
  • The invention also contemplates other embodiments, wherein the prodrug of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) includes biologically cleavable moieties at the 3' and/or 5' positions. Preferred moieties are natural of synthetic D or L amino acid esters, including D or L -valyl, though preferably L - amino acids esters, such as L -valyl, and alkyl esters including acetyl. Therefore, this invention specifically includes 3'- L or D - amino acid ester and 3', 5'- L or D - diamino acid ester of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) nucleosides, preferably L -amino acid, with any desired purine or pyrimidine base, wherein the parent drug optionally has an EC50 of less than 15 micromolar, and even more preferably less than 10 micromolar; 3'-(alkyl or aryl) ester or 3',5'- L - di(alkyl or aryl) ester of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or (β-D) with any desired purine or pyrimidine base, wherein the parent drug optionally has an EC50 of less than 10 or 15 micromolar; and prodrugs of 3',5'-diesters of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleosides (β-D or (β-D) wherein (i) the 3' ester is an amino acid ester and the 5'-ester is an alkyl or aryl ester; (ii) both esters are amino acid esters; (iii) both esters are independently alkyl or aryl esters; and (iv) the 3' ester is independently an alkyl or aryl ester and the 5'-ester is an amino acid ester, wherein the parent drug optionally has an EC50 of less than 10 or 15 micromolar.
  • Non-limiting examples of prodrugs falling within the invention are:
    Figure imgb0050
    • VI. Combination or Alternation Therapy
  • In another embodiment, for the treatment, inhibition, prevention and/or prophylaxis of any viral infection described herein, the active compound or its derivative or salt can be administered in combination or alternation with another antiviral agent. In general, in combination therapy, effective dosages of two or more agents are administered together, whereas during alternation therapy, an effective dosage of each agent is administered serially. The dosage will depend on absorption, inactivation and excretion rates of the drug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It is to be noted that dosage values will also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens and schedules should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions.
  • It has been recognized that drug-resistant variants of flaviviruses, pestiviruses or HCV can emerge after prolonged treatment with an antiviral agent. Drug resistance most typically occurs by mutation of a gene that encodes for an enzyme used in viral replication. The efficacy of a drug against the viral infection can be prolonged, augmented, or restored by administering the compound in combination or alternation with a second, and perhaps third, antiviral compound that induces a different mutation from that caused by the principle drug. Alternatively, the pharmacokinetics, biodistribution or other parameter of the drug can be altered by such combination or alternation therapy. In general, combination therapy is typically preferred over alternation therapy because it induces multiple simultaneous stresses on the virus.
  • For example, one skilled in the art will recognize that any antiviral drug or therapy can be used in combination or alternation with any nucleoside of the present invention. Any of the viral treatments described in the Background of the Invention can be used in combination or alternation with the compounds described in this specification. Nonlimiting examples of the types of antiviral agents or their prodrugs that can be used in combination with the compounds disclosed herein include: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
  • Further nonlimiting examples of the types of drugs or their prodrugs described above include: acyclovir (ACV), ganciclovir (GCV or DHPG) and its prodrugs (e.g. valyl-ganciclovir), E-5-(2-bromovinyl)-2'-deoxyuridine (BVDU), (E)-5-vinyl-1-β-D-arabonosyluracil (VaraU), (E)-5-(2-bromovinyl)-1-β-D-arabinosyluracil (BV-araU), 1-(2-deoxy-2-fluoro-β-D-arabinosyl)-5-iodocytosine (D-FIAC), 1-(2-deoxy-2-fluoro-β-D-arabinosyl)-5-methyluracil (L-FMAU, or clevudine), (S)-9-(3-hydroxy-2-phosphonylmethoxypropyl)adenine [(S)-HPMPA], (S)-9-(3-hydroxy-2-phosphonylmethoxypropyl)-2,6-diaminopurine [(S)-HPMPDAP], (S)-1-(3-hydroxy-2-phosphonyl-methoxypropyl)cytosine [(S)-HPMPC, or cidofivir], and (2 S,4S)-1-[2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl]-5-iodouracil (L-5-IoddU), entecavir, , lamivudine (3TC), LdT, LdC, tenofovir, and adefovir, the (-)-enantiomer of 2-hydroxymethyl-5-(5-fluorocytosin-1-yl)-1,3-oxathiolane ((-)-FTC); the (-)-enantiomer of 2-hydroxymethyl-5-(cytosin-1-yl)-1,3-oxathiolane (3TC); carbovir, acyclovir, famciclovir, penciclovir, AZT, DDI, DDC, L-(-)-FMAU, D4T, amdoxovir, Reverset, Racivir, abacavir, L-DDA phosphate prodrugs, and β-D-dioxolanyl-6-chloropurine (ACP), non-nucleoside RT inhibitors such as nevirapine, MKC-442, DMP-226 (sustiva), protease inhibitors such as indinavir, saquinavir, Kaletra, atazanavir; and anti-HIV compounds such as BILN-2061, ISIS 14803; viramidine, NM 283, VX-497, JKT-003, levovirin, isatoribine, albuferon, Peg-infergen, VX-950, R803, HCV-086, R1479 and DMP45.
    • Pharmaceutical Compositions
  • Hosts, including humans, infected with pestivirus, flavivirus, HCV infection, or any other condition described herein, or another organism replicating through a RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase, or for treating any other disorder described herein, can be treated by administering to the patient an effective amount of the active compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug or salt thereof in the presence of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or dilutent. The active materials can be administered by any appropriate route, for example, orally, parenterally, intravenously, intradermally, subcutaneously, or topically, in liquid or solid form.
  • A preferred dose of the compound for a Flaviviridae infection, including hepatitis C virus, West Nile Virus and yellow fever virus and rhinovirus infection will be in the range from about 50 to about 2000 mg one to four times per day. Lower doses may be useful, and thus ranges can include from 50 - 1,000 mg one to four times per day. The effective dosage range of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts and prodrugs can be calculated based on the weight of the parent nucleoside to be delivered. If the salt or prodrug exhibits activity in itself the effective dosage can be estimated as above using the weight of the salt or prodrug, or by other means known to those skilled in the art.
  • The compound is conveniently administered in unit any suitable dosage form, including but not limited to one containing 25 to 3000 mg, preferably 50 to 2000 mg of active ingredient per unit dosage form. An oral dosage of 50-1000 mg is usually convenient, including in one or multiple dosage forms of 50, 100, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900 or 1000 mgs. Also contemplated are doses of 0.1-50 mg, or 0.1-20 mg or 0.1-10.0 mg. Furthermore, lower doses may be utilized in the case of administration by a non-oral route, as, for example, by injection or inhalation.
  • Ideally the active ingredient should be administered to achieve peak plasma concentrations (Cmax) of the active compound of from about 5.0 to 70 µM, preferably about 5.0 to 15 µM. This may be achieved, for example, by the intravenous injection of a 0.1 to 5% solution of the active ingredient, optionally in saline, or administered as a bolus of the active ingredient.
  • The concentration of active compound in the drug composition will depend on absorption, inactivation and excretion rates of the drug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It is to be noted that dosage values will also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that the concentration ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed composition. The active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at varying intervals of time.
  • A preferred mode of administration of the active compound is oral. Oral compositions will generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They may be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
  • The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring. When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it can contain, in addition to material of the above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil. In addition, dosage unit forms can contain various other materials which modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar, shellac, or other enteric agents.
  • The compound can be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, chewing gum or the like. A syrup may contain, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors.
  • The compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug or salts thereof can also be mixed with other active materials that do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action, such as antibiotics, antifungals, anti-inflammatories, or other antivirals, including other nucleoside compounds. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, subutaneous, or topical application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The parental preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
  • If administered intravenously, preferred carriers are physiological saline or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
  • In a preferred embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation.
  • Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) are also preferred as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These may be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art. For example, liposome formulations may be prepared by dissolving appropriate lipid(s) (such as stearoyl phosphatidyl ethanolamine, stearoyl phosphatidyl choline, arachadoyl phosphatidyl choline, and cholesterol) in an inorganic solvent that is then evaporated, leaving behind a thin film of dried lipid on the surface of the container. An aqueous solution of the active compound or its monophosphate, diphosphate, and/or triphosphate derivatives is then introduced into the container. The container is then swirled by hand to free lipid material from the sides of the container and to disperse lipid aggregates, thereby forming the liposomal suspension.
    • VII. Biological Methods Antiviral Testing Of Candidate Compounds With HCV Replicon System In Huh7 Cells.
  • Huh7 cells harboring the HCV replicon can be cultivated in DMEM media (high glucose, no pyruvate) containing 10% fetal bovine serum, 1X non-essential Amino Acids, Pen-Strep-Glu (100 units/liter, 100 microgram/liter, and 2.92 mg/liter, respectively) and 500 to 1000 microgram/milliliter G418. Antiviral screening assays can be done in the same media without G418 as follows: in order to keep cells in logarithmic growth phase, cells are seeded in a 96-well plate at low density, for example 1000 cells per well. The test compound is added immediately after seeding the cells and incubate for a period of 3 to 7 days at 37°C in an incubator. Media is then removed, and the cells are prepared for total nucleic acid extraction (including replicon RNA and host RNA). Replicon RNA can then be amplified in a Q-RT-PCR protocol, and quantified accordingly. The observed differences in replicon HCV RNA levels compared to the untreated control is one way to express the antiviral potency of the test compound.
  • In another typical setting, a compound might reduce the viral RNA polymerase activity, but not the host RNA polymerase activity. Therefore, quantification of rRNA or beta-actin mRNA (or any other host RNA fragment) and comparison with RNA levels of the no-drug control is a relative measurement of the inhibitory effect of the test compound on cellular RNA polymerases.
    • Phosphorylation Assay of Nucleoside to Active Triphosphate
  • To determine the cellular metabolism of the compounds, Huh-7 cells are obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Rockville, MD), and are grown in 225 cm2 tissue culture flasks in minimal essential medium supplemented with non-essential amino acids, 1% penicillin-streptomycin. The medium is renewed every three days, and the cells are sub cultured once a week. After detachment of the adherent monolayer with a 10 minute exposure to 30 mL of trypsin-EDTA and three consecutive washes with medium, confluent Huh-7 cells are seeded at a density of 2.5 x 106 cells per well in a 6-well plate and exposed to 10 µM of [3H] labeled active compound (500 dpm/pmol) for the specified time periods. The cells are maintained at 37 °C under a 5% CO2 atmosphere. At the selected time points, the cells are washed three times with ice-cold phosphate-buffered saline (PBS). Intracellular active compound and its respective metabolites are extracted by incubating the cell pellet overnight at -20 °C with 60% methanol followed by extraction with an additional 20 µL of cold methanol for one hour in an ice bath. The extracts are then combined, dried under gentle filtered air flow and stored at -20 °C until HPLC analysis.
    • Bioavailability Assay in Cynomolgus Monkeys
  • Within 1 week prior to the study initiation, the cynomolgus monkey is surgically implanted with a chronic venous catheter and subcutaneous venous access port (VAP) to facilitate blood collection and underwent a physical examination including hematology and serum chemistry evaluations and the body weight was recorded. Each monkey (six total) receives approximately 250 µCi of 3H-labled compound combined with each dose of active compound at a dose level of 10 mg/kg at a dose concentration of 5 mg/mL, either via an intravenous bolus (3 monkeys, IV), or via oral gavage (3 monkeys, PO). Each dosing syringe is weighed before dosing to gravimetrically determine the quantity of formulation administered. Urine samples are collected via pan catch at the designated intervals (approximately 18-0 hours pre-dose, 0-4, 4-8 and 8-12 hours post-dosage) and processed. Blood samples are collected as well (pre-dose, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 6, 8, 12 and 24 hours post-dosage) via the chronic venous catheter and VAP or from a peripheral vessel if the chronic venous catheter procedure should not be possible. The blood and urine samples are analyzed for the maximum concentration (Cmax), time when the maximum concentration is achieved (Tmax), area under the curve (AUC), half life of the dosage concentration (T1/2), clearance (CL), steady state volume and distribution (Vss) and bioavailability (F).
    • Bone Marrow Toxicity Assay
  • Human bone marrow cells are collected from normal healthy volunteers and the mononuclear population are separated by Ficoll-Hypaque gradient centrifugation as described previously by Sommadossi J-P, Carlisle R. "Toxicity of 3'-azido-3'-deoxythymidine and 9-(1,3~dihydroxy-2-propoxymethyl)guanine for normal human hematopoietic progenitor cells in vitro" Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 1987; 31:452-454; and Sommadossi J-P, Schinazi RF, Chu CK, Xie M-Y. "Comparison of cytotoxicity of the (-)- and (+)-enantiomer of 2',3'-dideoxy-3'-thiacytidine in normal human bone marrow progenitor cells" Biochemical Pharmacology 1992; 44:1921-1925. The culture assays for CFU-GM and BFU-E are performed using a bilayer soft agar or methylcellulose method. Drugs are diluted in tissue culture medium and filtered. After 14 to 18 days at 37 °C in a humidified atmosphere of 5% CO2 in air, colonies of greater than 50 cells are counted using an inverted microscope. The results are presented as the percent inhibition of colony formation in the presence of drug compared to solvent control cultures.
    • Mitochondria Toxicity Assay
  • Fifty microliters of 2X drug dilutions were added per well in a 96 well plate. A "no drug" (media only) control was used to determine maximum amount of mitochondrial DNA produced and ribosomal DNA. 3TC @ 10 µM was used as a negative control, and ddC @ 10 µM was used as a toxic control. Ribosomal DNA levels were used to determine specific toxicicity to mitochondria or generally cytotoxicity. HepG2 cells (5,000 cells/well at 50 µl) were added to the plate. The plate was incubated at 37°C in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere for 7 days. After incubation, the supernatant was removed and stored for lactic acid quantification, and total DNA was extracted from cells as described in the RNeasy 96 handbook (February 1999), pages 22-23. No DNA digestions were performed, therefore total RNA and DNA were extracted.
  • The extracted DNA was amplified and the change in mitochondrial DNA and ribosomal DNA for each sample was determined. The fold difference in mitochondrial DNA normalized for ribosomal DNA relative to control was calculated.
  • Lactic acid quantification was performed by the D-Lactic Acid/ L-Lactic acid test kit (Boehringer Mannheim/ R-Biopharm/ Roche). The total amount of lactic acid produced for each sample was found as well as the fold change in lactic acid production (% of lactic acid / % of rDNA) as described in the manufacturers instructions.
    • Cytotoxicity Assay
  • 50 µl of 2X drug dilutions were added per well in a 96 well plate. Final concentrations of drug ranged from 1 to 100 µM. A "no drug" (media only) control was used to determine the minimum absorbance values and a "cells + media only" control was used for maximum absorbance value. A solvent control was also used. Cells were then added (PBM: 5 x 104 cells/well; CEM : 2.5 x 103 cells/well; Vero, HepG2, Huh-7, and Clone A: 5 x 103 cells/well) and incubated at 37°C in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere for 3-5 days (PBM :5 days; CEM : 3 days, all others :4 days). After incubation, 20 µl of MTS dye was added from Cell Titer Aqueous One Solution Cell Proliferation Assay to each well and the plate was re-incubated for 2-4 hours. The absorbance (490 nm) was then read on an ELISA plate reader using the media only/ no cell wells as blanks. Percent inhibition was found and used to calculate the CC50.
    • In vivo Toxicity in Mice
  • In vivo toxicity was also determined following injections into female Swiss mice of the various nucleosides declosed in the present invention. Intraperitenal injections were given on days 0, day 1, day 2, day 3, and day 5 of varying doses of the particular nucleoside. Separate animals were injected with vehicle as control groups. In these studies, each dosing group contained 5-10 mice. The average weight change in each of the mice was measured as a sign of toxicity of the compound.
    • (BVDV) Yield Reduction Assayl
  • Madin-Darby Bovine Kidney (MDBK) cells were grown in Dulbecco's modified eagle medium supplemented with 10% horse serum and 100µg/ml penicillin-streptomycin. Cells were seeded in a 96-well plate at 5 x103 cells /well and incubated for 72h at 37°C in a humidified 5% CO2 atmosphere. Cells were infected with either cytopathic (NADL strain) or noncytopathic (SD-1 strain) BVDV at a virus dilution of 10-2 and incubated for 45 min. Cell monolayers were washed three times with medium. Fresh medium-containing test compounds in dose response concentrations or ribavirn, as a positive control, were added to cultures and medium containing no drug was added to the no-drug controls. After 72h incubation, supernatant was collected and viral RNA was extracted using the QIAmp Viral RNA Mini Kit (Qiagen, CA). Viral load was determined by Q-RT-PCR using primers specific for either NADL or SD-1 (1).
    • VIII. Synthetic Protocol
  • The following non-limiting embodiments illustrate some general methodologies to obtain the nucleosides of the present invention. Two representative general methods for the preparation of compounds of the present invention are outlined in Schemes 1 and 2 while more specific examples of these general methods are provided in Scheme 3 (Example 1), Scheme 4 (Example 2), Scheme 5 (Example 3), and Scheme 6 (Example 4). Scheme 1 represents a generalized process starting from a (2R) 2-deoxy-2-methyl-2-fluoro-carbohydrate and forms the nucleosides of the present invention by condensing with a nucleobase. Scheme 2 starts from a pre-formed, purine or pyrimidine nucleoside, optionally substituted at C-4' and constructs the C-2' (R) methyl, fluoro nucleosides of the present invention. While these schemes illustrate the syntheses of compounds of the present invention of general formulas (I) and (II) wherein there is a furanose ring in the β-D-ribo configuration, this is not intended to be a limitation on the scope of the process invention in any way, and they should not be so construed. Those skilled in the art of nucleoside and nucleotide synthesis will readily appreciate that known variations of the conditions and processes of the following preparative procedures and known manipulations of the nucleobase can be used to prepare these and other compounds of the present invention. Additionally, the L-enantiomers corresponding to the compounds of the invention can be prepared following the same methods, beginning with the corresponding L-carbohydrate building block or nucleoside L-enantiomer as the starting material.
    • 1. Glycosylation of the nucleobase with an appropriately modified sugar
  • Figure imgb0051
  • Step 1 in Scheme 1 introduces the 2-methyl group by using an appropriate alkylating agent such as methyllithium, trimethylaluminum, or methylmagnesium bromide in an anhydrous solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), chloroform, or diethyl ether. Compounds 1-1 through 1-4 can be purely α or β or they may exist as an anomeric mixture containing both α and β anomers in any ratio. However, the preferred anomeric configuration of structure 1-1 is β.
  • Step 2 introduces the fluorine atom at the 2- position of the alkyl furanoside. This can be achieved by treatment of the tertiary alcohol, 1-2, with a commercially available fluorinating reagent such as (diemylamino)sulfur trifluoride (DAST) or Deoxofluor in an anhydrous, aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, chloroform, dichloromethane, or toluene. Preferably the stereochemistry proceeds with inversion of configuration at C-2. That is, starting from a C-2 hydroxyl "up" (or arabinofuranoside) in structure 1-2, the C-2 fluorine is "down" in the intermediate ribofuranoside 1-3.
  • In step 3, the optional protecting groups (Pg) can be deprotected and reprotected to groups more suitable for the remaining manipulations (T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999). For example, benzyl ethers (Bn) may be difficult to remove in the protected nucleoside, 1-5 and may be deprotected and replaced with a group more facile to remove from the nucleoside of structural type 1-5. Furthermore, the anomeric position (C-1) can also be optionally manipulated to a suitable group for the coupling reaction with the nucleobase (step 4). Several methods for anomeric manipulations are established to those skilled in the art of nucleoside synthesis. Some non-limiting examples by treatment of the alkyl furanoside (1-3, R = alkyl) with a mixture of acetic anhydride, acetic acid, and a catalytic amount of sulfuric acid (acetolysis) to provide structure 1-4 where R = Ac, with optional protecting groups. Also, the alkyl group in 1-3 may be converted to an acetate, benzoate, mesylate, tosylate, triflate, or tosylate, for example, by first hydrolyzing the 1-Oalkyl group to a 1-hydroxyl group by using a mineral acid consisting of but not limited to sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, and hydrobromic acid or an organic acid consisting of but not limited to trifluoroacetic acid, acetic acid, and formic acid (at ambient temperature or elavated temperature). The reducing sugar could then be converted to the desired carbohydrate by treatment with acetyl chloride, acetic anhydride, benzyol chloride, benzoic anhydride, methanesulfonyl chloride, triflic anhydride, trifyl chloride, or tosyl chloride in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine, pyridine, or dimethylaminopyridine.
  • The nucleosidic linkage is constructed by treatment of intermediate 1-3 or 1-4 with the appropriate persilylated nucleobase in the presence of a lewis acid such as tin tetrachloride, titanium tetrachloride, trimethylsilyltriflate, or a mercury (II) reagent (HgO/HgBr2) usually at an elavated temperature in an aprotic solvent such as toluene, acetonitrile, benzene, or a mixture of any or all of these solvents.
  • The optional protecting groups in the protected nucleosides or structural formula 1-5 can be cleaved following established deprotection methodologies (T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999).
    • 2. Modification of a pre-formed nucleoside
  • Figure imgb0052
     Pg = Protecting group
    Base = as defined herein (optionally protected)
    X = as defined herein
    R6 = as defined herein
  • The starting material for this process is an appropriately substituted purine or pyrimidine nucleoside with a 2'-OH and 2'-H. The nucleoside can be purchased or can be prepared by any known means including standard coupling techniques. The nucleoside can be optionally protected with suitable protecting groups, preferably with acyl or silyl groups, by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999.
  • The purine or pyrimidine nucleoside can then be oxidized at the 2'-position with the appropriate oxidizing agent in a compatible solvent at a suitable temperature to yield the 2'-modified nucleoside. Possible oxidizing agents are a mixture of dimethylsulfoxide, trifluoroacetic anhydride or acetic anhydride (a Swern/Moffat oxidiation), chromium trioxide or other chromate reagent, Dess-Martin periodinane, or by ruthenium tetroxide/sodium periodate.
  • The optionally protected nucleoside 2'-ketone is then alkylated using such alkylating agents methyllithium, trimethylaluminum, methylmagnesium bromide, or similar reagents in an anhydrous solvent such tetrahydrofuran (THF), chloroform, or diethyl ether usually at temperatures below 0 °C. Compounds of the structural formula 2-3 are preferred to have the 2'(S) or 2'-methyl "down", 2'-OH "up" configuration.
  • The nucleoside of structure 2-3 can be deprotected and reprotected with a number of protecting groups such as an O-acyl (alkyl or aryl), O-sulfonyl, or an N-acyl (alkyl or aryl) for the base. This optional reprotection step need not be limited to protecting groups that function as chemical protecting groups. Other protecting groups such as long chain acyl groups of between 6 and 18 carbon units or amino acids can be introduced independently on the nucleobase or the sugar. The protecting groups can serve as prodrugs of the active substance.
  • Step 5 introduces the fluorine atom at the 2' position of the pre-formed nucleoside. This can be achieved by treatement of the tertiary alcohol, 2-4, with a commercially available fluorinating reagent such as (diethylamino)sulfur trifluoride (DAST) or Deoxofluor in an anhydrous, aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, chloroform, dichloromethane, or toluene. Preferably the stereochemistry proceeds with inversion of configuration at the 2' position. That is, starting from a C-2' hydroxyl "up" (or arabinonucleoside) in structure 2-4, the C-2' flourine is "down" in the intermediate nucleoside 2-5. The absolute configuration of a nucleoside of structure 2-4 is (2'S) while the absolute configuration of a nucleoside of structure 2-5 is (2'R).
  • Subsequently, the nucleosides of structural type 2-5 can be deprotected by methods well known to those skilled in the art, as taught by T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1999.
  • The following working examples provide a further understanding of the method of the present invention and further exemplify the general examples in Schemes 1 and 2 above. These examples are of illustrative purposes, and are not meant to limit the scope of the invention. Equivalent, similar or suitable solvents, reagents or reaction conditions may be substituted for those particular solvents, reagents or reaction conditions described without departing from the general scope of the method.
    • EXAMPLES Example 1 Synthesis of (2'R)-2'-Deoxy-2'-Fluoro-2'-C-Methylcytidine Starting from a Carbohydrate
  • Figure imgb0053
  • Step 1: Compound 3-1 (7.7 g, 0.022 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous diethyl ether and cooled to -78 °C. To this solution was added MeLi (30 mL, 1.6 M in diethyl ether). After the reaction was complete, the mixture was treated with ammonium chloride (1 M, 65 mL) and the organic phase was separated, dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated to dryness. Silica gel chromatography followed by crystallization from diethyl ether-hexanes afforded pure compound 3-2 (6.31 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.40 (s, 3H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.49 (dd, 1H, J = 10.3, 6.89 Hz), 3.57 (dd, 1H, J = 10.3, 3.88 Hz), 3.84 (d, 1H, J = 7.3 Hz), 4.03 (m, 1H), 4.48 (s,1H), 4.58 (m, 3H), 4.83 (d, 1H, J = 11.6 Hz), 7.31-7.36 (m, 10H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ 18.4, 55.4, 72.2, 73.4, 79.5, 80.2, 84.7, 107.4, 127.7, 127.8, 127.83, 128.5, 138.2, 138.3.
  • Step 2: Compound 3-2 was dissolved in CH2Cl2 and was treated with DAST (4.0 mL, 30.3 mmol) at room temperature. The solution was stirred at room temp overnight. The so-obtained mixture was poured into sat NaHCO3 (100 mL) and washed with sat NaHCO3 (1 x 15 mL). The organic layer was further worked up in the usual manner. Silica gel chromatography (1:5 EtOAc-hexanes) gave crude compound 3-3 (0.671 g) that was sufficiently pure for the next step. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.43 (d, 3H, J = 22.8 Hz), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.49 (dd, 1H, J = 10.5, 5.4 Hz), 3.55 (dd, 1H, J = 10.5, 4.1 Hz), 3.87 (dd, 1H, J = 23.5, 7.5 Hz), 4.26 (m, 1H), 4.56 (d, 2H, J = 6.9 Hz), 4.66 (d, 2H, J = 8.2 Hz), 4.72 (d, 1H, J = 10.8 Hz), 7.29-7.36 (m, 10H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ 17.0 (d, J = 24.4 Hz), 55.2, 77.1, 73.4, 73.8, 77.3, 80.3, 81.2 (d, J = 16 Hz), 99.7 (d, J = 178.9 Hz), 106.8 (d, J = 32.0 Hz), 127.7, 127.8, 128.1, 128.3, 128.5, 128.6, 137.8, 138.3; 19F NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ -8.2 (m, 1F).
  • Step 3: Compound 3-3 (0.39 g, 1.1 mmol) was dissolved in 1:2 EtOH-EtOAc and treated with Pd/C (~0.1 g) and cyclohexene (~1 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux overnight and then filtered through celite. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in pyridine (~5 mL). To this solution was added benzoyl chloride (0.22 mL, 1.83 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temp overnight. The pyridine was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between CH2Cl2 and sat NaHCO3 (10.0 mL). The organic phase was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and the solution was concentrated to dryness. Column chromatography provided 0.350 g of pure compound 3-4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.53 (d, 3H, J = 22.4 Hz), 3.39 (s, 3H), 4.46 (dd, 1H, J = 11.6, 4.7 Hz), 4.58 (m, 1H), 4.65 (dd, 1H, J = 11.6, 3.9 Hz), 4.87 (d, 1H, J = 9.9 Hz), 5.64 (dd, 2H, J = 24.1, 7.8 Hz), 7.29-7.36 (m, 10H); 19F NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ -7.5 (m, 1F).
  • Step 4: A solution of bis(trimethylsilyl)-N-benzoylcytosine (0.28 g, 0.77 mmol) and compound 3-4 (0.20 g, 0.5 mmol) in 1,2 dichloroethane (2 mL) and toluene (2 mL) was treated with TMSOTf (0.15 mL, 0.77 mmol). After most of the starting material disappeared as judged by TLC, the solution was cooled to room temp, washed with water (1 x 5 mL), brine (1 x 5 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated to dryness. Flash chromatography followed by crystallization from CH2C12-hexanes afforded compound 3-5 (68 mg). mp 241 °C; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.49 (d, 3H, J = 22.4 Hz), 4.64 (dd, 1H, J = 12.9, 3.4 Hz), 4.73 (app d, 1H, J = 9.5 Hz), 4.89 (dd, 1H, J = 12.7, 2.2 Hz), 5.56 (dd, 1H, J =20.7, 8.6 Hz), 6.52 (d, 1H, J = 15.9 Hz), 7.38-7.67 (m, 10H), 7.89 (d, 2H, J = 6.9 Hz), 8.07-8.11 (m, 5H), 8.67 (s, 1H); 19F NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3): δ 2.85 (m, 1F).
  • Step 5: Compound 3-5 (40 mg, 0.05 mmol) was dissolved in methanolic ammonia and stirred at room temp for 48 h. The solution was concentrated to dryness and chromatographed (SiO2) eluting with 1:4 EtOH-CH2Cl2. The yield was about 12 mg of pure (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine, 3-6. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.16 (d, 3H, J = 22.0 Hz), 3.61 (dd, 1H, J = 11.6, 5.2 Hz), 3.60-3.83 (m, 3H, J = 10.5, 5.4 Hz), 5.24 (s, 1H, exchangeable with D2O), 5.59 (s, 1H, exchangeable with D2O), 5.71 (d, 1H, J = 7.3 Hz), 6.08 (d, 1H, J = 19.0 Hz), 7.24 (d, 1H, J = 17.7 Hz, exchangeable with D2O), 7.87 (d, 1H); 19F NMR (100 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 4.13 (m, 1F).
    • Example 2 Synthesis of (2'R)-2'-Deoxy-2'-Fluoro-2'-C-Methylcytidine Starting from Cytidine
  • Figure imgb0054
    • TIDPS = 1,3-(1,1,3,3-Tetraisopropyldisiloxanylidene)
  • Step 1: To a suspension of cytidine (100 g, 0.411 mol) in DMF (2.06 L) is added benzoic anhydride (102.4 g, 0.452 mol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. The DMF was removed in vacuo and the residue was triturated with diethyl ether. The resulting solid was collected by suction filtration and washed with diethyl ether (2 x 200 mL). Further drying in vacuo at room temperature gave the N4 benzamide (140.6 g, 98.3%). A portion of this material (139.3 g, 0.401 mol) was dissolved in anhydrous pyridine (1.2 L) and was treated with 1,3-dichloro-1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyl-disiloxane (141.4 mL, 0.441 mol) at room temp. The solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was concentrated to near dryness in vacuo and coevaporated with toluene (3 x 200 mL). The residue was treated with EtOAc (1.8 L) and washed with HCl (2 x 200 mL, 0.05 N), NaHCO3 (5 %, 2 x 400 mL). The organic layer was washed dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and evaporated to dryness. Compound 4-1 (256.5 g, >100%) was isolated as a white foam and used without further purification.
  • Step 2: Compound 4-1 (236.5 g, 0.40 mol) was dissolved in dry THF (1.22 L). Anhydrous dmso (180.8 mL, 2.1 mol) was added and the resulting solution was cooled to between -20 °C and -15 °C. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (90.6 mL, 0.64 mol) was added dropwise over 45 minutes and the solution was stirred between -20 °C and -15 °C for 2 hrs after which anhydrous triethylamine (223.5 mL, 1.6 mol) was added over 20 min. The crude reaction containing ketone 4-2 was dissolved in EtOAc (500 mL), and the resulting solution was washed with H2O (3 x 400 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvents were removed in vacuo to give a yellow solid that was purified on a silica gel column eluting with a stepwise gradient of Et2O (0-60%) in hexanes followed by a stepwise gradient of EtOAc (50-100%) in hexanes. The crude ketone so-obtained (~192 g) was crystallized from petroleum ether to give ketone 4-2 (138.91 g, 57.5% from cytidine) as a white solid and 22 g of unreacted starting material, 4-1, as a yellow solid.
  • Step 3: Compound 4-2 (48.57 g, 8.26 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous toluene (~400 mL) and the solvent was removed in vacuo with exclusion of moisture. The residue was then further dried in vacuo (oil pump) for another 2 h. With strict exclusion of moisture, the residual foam was dissolved in anhydrous diethyl ether (1.03 L) under argon. The resulting solution was cooled to -78 °C under argon and MeLi (1.6 M, 258.0 mL, 0.413 mol) was added dropwise via additional funnel. After the addition was complete, the mixture was stirred for 2 h at -78 °C. Aqueous 1 M NH4Cl (500 mL) was added slowly. After warming to room temperature, the mixture was washed with H2O (2 x 500 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and then concentrated to dryness to give a brown foam (~60 g, >100%).
  • The reaction was performed two more times using 37.62 g and 56.4 g of compound 4-2. The combined crude products (128.0 g, 0.212 mol) were dissolved in THF (1.28 L) and treated with concd HOAc (23 mL, 0.402 mol). To the solution was added TBAF (384.0 mL, 1 M in THF). The solution was stirred at room temp for 0.75 h and the mixture was treated with silica gel (750 g) and concentrated to dryness. The powder was placed on a silica gel column packed in CH2Cl2. Elution with 1:7 EtOH-CH2Cl2 afforded a dark waxy solid that was pre-adsorbed on silica gel (300 g) and chromatographed as before. Compound 4-3 (46.4 g, 53.0 % from 4-2) was isolated as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 1.20 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.62-3.69 (m, 2H,), 3.73-3.78 (m, 2H,), 5.19 (t, 1H, J = 5.4 Hz, OH-5'), 5.25 (s, 1H, OH-2'), 5.52 (d, 1H, J = 5.0 Hz, OH-3'), 5.99 (s, 1H, H-1'), 7.32 (d, 1H, J = 5.8 Hz), 7.50 (Ψt, 2H, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.62 (Ψt, 1H, J = 7.3 Hz), 8.00 (d, 2H, J = 7.3 Hz), 8.14 (d, 1H, J = 6.9 Hz), 11.22 (s, 1H, NH). Anal. Calcd for C17H19N3O6 • 0.5 H2O: C, 55.13; H, 5.44; N, 11.35. Found: C, 55.21; H, 5.47; N, 11.33.
  • Step 4: Compound 4-3 (46.0 g, 0.13 mol) was dissolved in anhydrous pyridine and concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The resulting syrup was dissolved in anhydrous pyridine under argon and cooled to 0 °C with stirring. The brown solution was treated with benzoyl chloride (30 mL, 0.250 mol) dropwise over 10 min. The ice bath was removed and stirring continued for 1.5 h whereby TLC showed no remaining starting material. The mixture was quenched by the addition of water (5 mL) and concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in a minimal amount of CH2Cl2 and washed with satd NaHCO3 (1 x 500 mL) and H2O (1 x 500 mL). The organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and filtered, concentrated to dryness and chromatographed on silica gel eluting with a stepwise gradient of EtOAc-hexanes (25-60%) to provide compound 4-4 as yellow foam (48.5 g, 67%). 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.64 (s, 3H, CH3), 4.50 (m, 1H, H-4), 4.78-4.85 (m, 2H, H-5',5a'), 5.50 (d, 1H, J = 3.4 Hz, H-3'), 6.42 (s, 1H, H-1'), 7.44-7.54 (m, 7H, Ar), 7.57-7.66 (m, 3H, Ar), 7.94 (d, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 8.05-8.09 (m, 4H, Ar), 8.21 (d, 1H, J = 7.3 Hz). Anal. Calcd for C31H27N3O8: C, 65.37; H, 4.78; N, 7.38. Found: C, 65.59; H, 4.79; N, 7.16.
  • Step 5: Compound 4-4 (7.50 g, 0.013 mol) was dissolved in anhydrous toluene (150 mL) under argon and cooled to -20 °C. DAST (2.5 mL, 18.9 mmol) was added slowly and the cooling bath was removed after the addition was complete. Stirring was continued for 1 h and the mixture was poured into satd NaHCO3 (100 mL) and washed until gas evolution ceased. The organic phase was dried (Na2SO4), concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 1:1 EtOAc-hexanes. Yield was 1.22 g (16.3%) of pure 4-5 as a white solid. mp 241 °C (CH2Cl2-hexanes); 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.49 (d, 3H, J = 22.4 Hz, CH3), 4.64 (dd, 1H, J = 3.44, 12.9 Hz, H-5'), 4.73 (d, 1H, J = 9.5 Hz, H-4'), 4.90 (dd, 1H, J = 2.4, 12.7 Hz, H-5a'), 5.56 (dd, 1H, J = 8.6, 20.7 Hz, H-3'), 6.52 (d, 1H, J = 18.0 Hz, H-1'), 7.47-7.57 (m, 7H, Ar), 7.62-7.71 (m, 3H, Ar), 7.89 (d, 2H, J = 6.9 Hz), 8.07-8.11 (m, 5H, Ar), 8.67 (bs, 1H, NH). 19F NMR (CDCl3): δ 3.3 (m). Anal. Calcd for C31H26FN3O7 ● 0.7 H2O: C, 63.74; H, 4.72; N, 7.20. Found: C, 63.71; H, 4.54; N, 7.20.
  • Step 6: Compound 4-5 (6.30 g, 0.011 mol) was suspended in methanolic ammonia (ca 7 N, 150 mL) and stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo, coevaporated with methanol (1 x 20 mL), and pre-adsorbed onto silica gel. The white powder was placed onto a silica gel column (packed in CHCl3) and the column was eluted with 9% EtOH in CHCl3, then 17% EtOH and finally 25% EtOH in CHCl3. Concentration of the fractions containing the product, filtration through a 0.4 µm disk, and lyophillization from water afforded compound 4-6, 2.18 g (76%). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 1.17 (d, 3H, J = 22.3 Hz, CH3), 3.63 (dd, 1H, J = 2.7, 13.7 Hz, H-5'), 3.70-3.84 (m, 3H, H-3', H-4', H-5a'), 5.24 (app s, 1H, OH-3'), 5.60 (d, 1H, J = 5.4 Hz, H-5'), 5.74 (d, 1H, J = 7.71 Hz, H-5), 6.07 (d, 1H, J = 18.9 Hz, H-1'), 7.31 (s, 1H, NH2), 7.42 (s, 1H, NH2), 7.90 (d, 1H, J = 7.3 Hz, H-6). 19F NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 2.60 (m). Anal. Calcd for C10H14FN3O4 ● 1.4 H2O: C, 44.22; H, 5.95; N, 14.77. Found: C, 42.24; H, 5.63; N, 14.54. Compound 4-6 (0.10 g, 0.386 mmol) was converted to the hydrochloride salt by dissolving in water (2 mL) and adjusting the pH to approximately 3.0 with 1 M HCl. The water was removed in vacuo and the residue was crystallized from aqueous EtOH to give 4-6 as the hydrochloride salt (71.0 mg). mp 243 °C (dec); 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 1.29 (d, 3H, J = 22.6 Hz, CH3), 3.65 (dd, 1H, J = 2.3, 12.7 Hz, H-5'), 3.76-3.90 (m, 3H, H-3', H-4', H-5a'), 5.96 (d, 1H, J = 17.3 Hz, H-1'), 6.15 (d, 1H, J = 7.9 Hz, H-5), 8.33 (d, 1H, J = 7.9 Hz, H-6), 8.69 (s, 1.5H, NH), 9.78 (s, 1.5H, NH). 19F NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 1.69 (m). Anal. Calcd for C10H14FN3O4 ● HCl: C, 40.62; H, 5.11; N, 14.21. Found: C, 40.80; H, 5.09; N, 14.23.
    • Example 3 Synthesis of (2'R)-6-Chloro-2'-Deoxy-2'-Fluoro-2'-C-Methylpurine Starting from 6-Chloropurine Riboside.
  • Figure imgb0055
  • Step 1: The nucleoside, 6-chloropurine riboside, (3.18 g, 11.09 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous pyridine (300 mL) and was treated dropwise with 1,3-dichloro-1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyl-disiloxane (4.08 mL, 12.75 mmol) at 0 °C under an argon atmosphere. The solution was brought to room temp and stirred overnight. The mixture was concentrated to near dryness in vacuo, dissolved in a minimal amount of chloroform, and washed with HCl (100 mL, 0.05 N) and NaHCO3 (5%, 100 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and evaporated to dryness to afford compound 5-1 as an amber glass (6.10 g, >100%) that was used without further purification. 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.01-1.13 (m, 24H), 4.03-4.18 (m, 3H), 4.58 (d, 1H, J = 5.2 Hz), 5.01 (m, 1H), 6.07 (s, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H).
  • Step 2 : Compound 5-1 (7.13 g, 13.47 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (35 mL). Anhydrous DMSO (5.11 mL, 72.06 mmol) was added and the resulting solution was cooled to between -20°C and -15°C. Trifluoroacetic anhydride (3.06 mL, 21.69 mmol) was added dropwise over 45 minutes and the solution was stirred between -20 °C and -15 °C for 2 hrs after which anhydrous triethylamine (8.08 mL, 57.92 mmol) was added over 20 min. The crude reaction containing ketone 5-2 was dissolved in Et2O (25 mL), and the resulting solution was washed with H2O (2 x 50 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and the solvents were removed in vacuo to give a yellow solid that was purified on a silica gel column eluting with a stepwise stepwise gradient of 0-50% petroleum ether-diethyl ether afforded compound 5-2 as a mixture with the corresponding geminal diol. The glass was dissolved in CH2Cl2 and stirred over an excess of MgSO4 for 36 h. The mixture, free from the geminal diol, was filtered, and evaporated to dryness to afford compound 5-2 as an amber glass (7.0 g, 97%). 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.01-1.13 (m, 24H), 4.09-4.22 (m, 3H), 5.55 (d, 1H, J = 9.6 Hz), 5.80 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.61 (s, 1H).
  • Step 3: A solution of compound 5-2 (7.0 g, 13.26 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (45 mL) was cooled to -78 °C with stirring under an argon atmosphere. To the solution was added methylmagnesium bromide (15.85 mL, 3.0 M in ethyl ether) dropwise over a 30 min period. After stirring for an additional 3 h at -78 °C, the reaction was quenched by the careful addition of aqueous 1 M NH4Cl (50.0 mL). After warming to room temperature, the mixture was washed with H2O (2 x 500 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to dryness to give a brown foam (3.8 g) that was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) and treated with a solution of TBAF (18.9 mL, 1 M solution in THF) and glacial acetic acid (0.85 mL) at room temp. The solution was stirred at room temp for 2h, concentrated to dryness, and purified by silica gel chromatography to give compound 5-3 (2.0 g, 50%).
  • Step 4: Compound 5-3 (0.491 g, 1.63 mmol) was dissolved in pyridine (3 mL) and treated with acetic anhydride (0.38 mL, 4.08 mL) at room temp. The solution was stirred at room temp for 2 h after which time, the solution was concentrated to dryness and treated with diethyl ether (10 mL) and water (5 mL). The organic layer was further washed with water (2 x 10 mL), dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and evaporated to dryness to give compound 5-4 as a foam (0.450 g, 91.0%). 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.39 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 4.27 (m, 1H), 4.49 (dd, 1H, J = 4.2, 11.9 Hz ), 4.57 (dd, 1H, J = 6.16, 11.9 Hz), 5.14 (d, 1H, J = 3.1 Hz), 6.25 (s, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H).
  • Step 5: Compound 5-4 (0.100 g, 0.259 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous toluene (3.0 mL) under argon and cooled to -20 °C. DAST (0.2 mL, 1.55 mmol) was added slowly and the cooling bath was removed after the addition was complete. Stirring was continued for 1 h and the mixture was poured into satd NaHCO3 (100 mL) and washed until gas evolution ceased. The organic phase was dried (Na2SO4), concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 30% Et2O-petroleum ether gave pure 5-5 (0.028 g, 27.9%). 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.24 (d, 3H, J = 22.8 Hz), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 4.41-4.55 (m, 3H), 4.47 (dd, 1H, J = 9.2, 22.0 Hz), 6.37 (d, 1H, J = 17.6 Hz), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H).
  • Step 6: Compound 5-5 (0.018 g, 0.047 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (5 mL) and treated with a solution of sodium methoxide (3.6 mg, 0.67 mmol) in methanol (5 mL). The solution was stirred at room temp for 1 h, neutralized with concd acetic acid and chromatographed on silica gel eluting with a stepwise gradient of Et2O/methanol (0-5%) to afford compound 5-6 (0.010 g, 70.9%). 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.23 (d, 3H, J = 22.4 Hz), 4.04 (dd, 1H, J = 2.11, 12.5 Hz), 4.17 (dd, 1H, J = 1.5, 9.2 Hz,), 4.25 (dd, 1H, J = 1.9, 12.3 Hz), 4.61(dd, 1H, J = 9.2, 22.3 Hz), 6.37 (d, 1H, J = 17.3 Hz), 8.70 (s, 1H), 8.78 (s, 1H).
    • Example 4 Synthesis of (2'R)-2'-Deoxy-2'-Fluoro-2'-C-Methyladenosine Starting from (2'R)-6-Chloro-2'-Deoxy-2'-Fluoro-2'-C-Methylpurine
  • Figure imgb0056
  • Step 1 : Compound 5-5 (0.100 g, 0.26 mmol) was heated in a pressure tube with methanolic ammonia (ca. 7 N, 25 mL) at 80 °C for 12 h. The crude reaction was pre-adsorbed onto silica gel and purified by column chromatography eluting with a stepwise gradient of Et2O-MeOH (0-5%). The impure product was converted to the hydrochloride salt by dissolving the compound in a minimal amount of ethanol and treating the solution with 0.5 mL of a 0.6 M HCl solution. Concentration to near dryness gave compound 6-1 as off-white crystals (0.020g, 24.2%). 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 1.19 (d, 3H, J = 22.3 Hz), 3.88 (dd, 1H, J = 2.7, 12.7 Hz), 4.06 (dd, 1H, J = 2.1, 12.5 Hz,), 4.11 (app d, 1H, J = 9.2 Hz), 4.35 (dd, 1H, J = 9.4, 24.5 Hz), 6.35 (d, 1H, J = 16.5 Hz), 8.43 (s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H).
    • Example 5 Antiviral Activity of (2'R)-2'-Deoxy-2'-Fluoro-2'-C-Methylcytidine HCV Replicon Assay
  • The anti-flavivirus activity of the compounds was determined as described by Stuyver, et al. ("Ribonucleoside analogue that blocks replication of bovine viral diarrhea and hepatitis C viruses in culture", Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 47:244-254 (2003)). The compound was dissolved in DMSO and added to the culture media at final concentrations ranging from 3 to 100 µM. A 4-days incubation resulted in dose-dependant reduction of the replicon HCV RNA (Figure 1A). A 1-log reduction of replicon RNA (or EC90 value) was reached at approximately 2.5 µM. Measurement of the reduction of rRNA gave an indication of the inhibitory effect on cellular polymerases. Subtraction of this cellular toxicity value from the antiviral values resulted in the therapeutic index line and EC90 value. Based on these calculations, an average EC90 value, corrected for cellular toxicity, of approximately 2.5 µM was obtained. Figure 1A shows the dose-dependant reduction of the replicon HCV RNA based on the treatment with (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine. The viral reduction was compared to the reduction of cellular RNA levels (ribosomal RNA) to obtain therapeutic index values. EC90 represents the effective concentration 90% at 96 hours following the dose dependant administration of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine. Figure 1B shows the prolonged reduction in replicon HCV RNA up to 7 days following treatment with 5 and 25 µM.
  • The activity of (2R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine in the replicon system is summarized in Table 1. The EC90 values for (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine as well as 2'-C-methylcytidine and 2'-C-methyladenosine are shown for three separate replicon clones (HCV-WT (Wild Type), 9-13 and 21-5) as well as two other clones (S282T and rRNA). The EC90 values for (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine were in the range of 1.6 to 4.6µM for the replicon clones. In contrast the EC90 values for 2'-C-methylcytidine were in the range of 6.6-37.4µM. Interestingly, the EC90 values for 2'-C-methyladenosine were comparable to those of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine. The activity of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine and 2'-C-methylcytidine in other replicons tested is shown in Table 2.
    • Polymerase Assay
  • Table 3 shows the potency of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine-5'-triphosphate (TP) in the NS5B polymerase assay. The inhibitory concentration 50% was determined to be in the range of 1.7 to 7.7µM.
    • Toxicity
  • A summary of the toxicity data for (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine using the mitochondrial toxicity assay is shown in Tables 6 and 7. Table 7 shows the lack of effects of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine and 2'-C-methylcytidine on mitochondrial DNA synthesis and lack of effects on lactic acid increase in this assay. Results shows the relative lack of toxicity of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine. Table 6 shows a cytotoxicity analysis in various cell lines (Clone A, Huh7, HepG2, MDBK, PBM, CEM, Vero, MRC-5). Cytotoxic concentration 50% (CC50) was greater than 75-100µM in all clones tested for (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine as well as 2'-C-methylcytidine. In contrast is the relative toxicity of 2'-C-methyladenosine.
  • The effects the nucleoside analogs tested on human bone marrow cells is depicted in Table 9. As shown, the IC50 values for 2'-methyl-2'-fluorocytidine were significantly higher (98.2, BFU-E) and 93.9 (CFU-GM) as compared to 2'-methylcytadine or AZT. Results show that 2'-methyl-2'-fluorocytidine was significantly less toxic than compared to the other nucleoside compounds.
    • Animal Studies
  • Figure 2 depicts the average weight change (%) of female Swiss mice in vivo the toxicity analysis of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine at various doses. Intraperitoneal injections were given on days 0 to day 5 of the 0, 3.3, 10, 33, 100 mg/kg. Each dosing group contained 5 mice and no mice died during the 30-day study. No significant toxicity was observed in the mice.
  • Figure 3 and Table 6 summarize the pharmacokinetic parameters of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine in Rhesus monkeys given a single dose (33.3 mg/kg) oral (Table 6, Figure 3) or intravenous dose (Figure 3) of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine.
    • Other Antiviral Activity
  • Summary of the range of antiviral activity of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine is shown in Table 4. Table shows that in addition to HCV virus (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine shows activity against Rhinovirus, West Nile virus, Yellow Fever virus, and Dengue virus.
  • Table 5 shows the lack of activity of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine on HCV surrogate models BVDV as well as other viruses including HIV, HBV and Corona virus. In contrast, 2'-C-methylcytidine and 2'-C-methyladenosine show greater activity in the HCV surrogate model, BVDV. These results show the necessity for screening this series of compounds against the HCV replicon system versus surrogate HCV systems. Table 1: Summary of the Anti-HCV Replicon Activity of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine*
    Replicon (2'R)-2-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine 2'-C-methylcytidine 2'-C-methyladenosine
    HCV-WT 1b 4.6 ± 2.0 21.9 ± 4.3 2.1 ± 0.27
    S282T mut. 1b 30.7 ± 11.7 37.4 ± 12.1 >100
    9-13 (subgenomic) 4.6 ± 2.3 13.0 0.7
    21-5 (full-length) 1.6 ± 0.7 6.6 0.6
    * Values represent EC90 (µM)
    Table 2: Activity of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine and 2'-C-methylcytidine in other Replicons
    (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine 2'-C-methylcytidine
    Replicon EC90 (µM) IC90 (µM) EC90 (µM) IC90 (µM)
    GAPDH MTT GAPDH MTT
    1b (Ntat) 3.8 >100 >100 27.2 >100 >100
    1b (Btat) 11.5 >100 >100 31.1 >100 >100
    1a (pp1aSI-7) 34.7 >100 >100 35.0 >100 >100
    Table 3: HCV 1b NS5B Polymerase Assay (IC50, µM)
    (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine TP 2'-C-methylcytidine TP 2-C-methyladenosine TP
    Wild-Type NS5B 1.7 ± 0.4a 6.0 ± 0.5 20.6 ± 5.2
    7.7 ± 1.2b
    S282T 2.0a 26.9 ± 5.5 >100
    8.3 ± 2.4c
    a Values determined using batch 1; b Value determined using batch 2 and 3; and c Value determined using batch 2.
    Table 4: Summary of Antiviral Activity of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine
    Virus Cell EC50, CPE (µM) EC50, NRa (µM) CC50, CPE (µM) CC50, NRa (µM)
    West Nile Vero 32 12 >100 32
    Dengue Type 2 Vero 32/55 >100/>100 >100 >100
    Yellow Fever Vero 19/3.2 32/12 >100 >100
    Influenza A (H1N1) MDCK >100 >100 >100 >100
    Influenza A (H3N2) MDCK >100 >100 >100 >100
    Influenza B MDCK >100 >100 >100 >100
    Rhinovirus Type 2 KB 25 20 >100 >100
    VEE Vero >100 >100 >100 >100
    SARSCoV Vero >100 >100 >100 >100
    aNR = Neutral Red.
    Table 5: Summary of Antiviral Activity of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine
    Virus (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine (EC90, µM) 2'-C-methylcytidine (EC90, µM) 2'-C-methyladenosine (EC90, µM)
    BVDVncp >22 0.5 1.2
    BVDVcp >100 2 1.5
    RSV >100 >100 >100
    HIVa >100 ND ND
    HBV >10 >10 ND
    Coronavirus 229E >100 ND ND
    ND = Not determined.
    Table 6: Cytotoxicity Studiesa
    Cell Line (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine CC50, µM 2'-C-methylcytidine CC50, µM 2'-C-methyladenosine CC50, µM
    CloneA >100 >100 37
    Huh7 >100 >100 30
    HepG2 75 >100 58
    MDBK >100 >100
    PBM >100
    CEM >100
    Vero >100
    MRC-5 >100
    aResults determined using MTS assay.
    Table 7: Mitochondrial Toxicity Study
    Compound mtDNA Synthesis (IC50, µM) Lactic Acid Increase
    (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine >25 No effect ≥ 33µM
    2'-C-methylcytidine >25 No effect ≥ 33µM
    Table 8: Preliminary PK Parameters in Rhesus Monkeys Following a Single Oral Dose of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine at 33.3 mg/kg
    Parameter Units Mean ± SD
    Cmax µM 9.6 ± 2.7
    Tmax hours 2 ± 1
    AUC0-last µMxh 44.2 ± 22.2
    T ½ hours 3.9 ± 0.1
    Bioavailability F% 21 ± 11
    Table 9: Effect of Nucleoside Analogs on Human Bone Marrow Cells
    Compound (β-D-analog) BFU-E CFU-GM
    IC50 (µM)
    2'-fluoro-2'-C-methylcytidine 98.2 93.9
    2'-C-methylcytidine 20.1 13.2
    AZT 0.08 0.95
  • The present invention is now described with reference to the following clauses:
    1. 1. A (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0057
       wherein
      Base is a purine or pyrimidine base;
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2, are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2' can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2; and
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
    2. 2. The (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-D) of clause 1 or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein Base is selected from the group consisting of:
      Figure imgb0058
       wherein
      Y is N or CH.
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H CH=CHCO2R'; and,
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
    3. 3. The (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of clause 1 or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof,
      wherein Base is selected from the group consisting of (a) or (b):
      Figure imgb0059
       and wherein R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2' is H, R3
      is H, and R4 is NH2 or OH, and R5 is NH2.
    4. 4. A (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0060
       wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of
      Figure imgb0061
       Y is N or CH;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2' are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2' can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
    5. 5. The (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of clause 4 or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0062
       and R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2' is H, R3 is H, R4 is NH2 or OH, and R6 is H.
    6. 6. A (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the structure:
      Figure imgb0063
       wherein Base is a purine or pyrimidine base;
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and,
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group.
    7. 7. The (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of clause 6 or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof,
      wherein Base is selected from the group consisting of:
      Figure imgb0064
       Y is N or CH;
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R'; and,
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
    8. 8. The (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of clause 6 or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof,
      wherein Base is selected from the group consisting of (a) or (b):
      Figure imgb0065
       and wherein R1 and R7 are H, R3 is H, and R4 is NH2 or OH, and R5 is NH2.
    9. 9. A (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or (β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0066
       wherein Base is
      Figure imgb0067
       X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2' are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2) C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2; C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2' can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R3 and R4 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R'; and,
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
    10. 10. A (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula
      Figure imgb0068
       wherein Base is
      Figure imgb0069
       R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R3 and R4 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
    11. 11. A (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the formula:
      Figure imgb0070
    12. 12. A (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the formula:
      Figure imgb0071
       wherein
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group; and,
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro.
    13. 13. A (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside ((3-D) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the formula:
      Figure imgb0072
    14. 14. A (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the formula:
      Figure imgb0073
       wherein
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and
      R1 is H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate.
    15. 15. A (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the formula:
      Figure imgb0074
    16. 16. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0075
       wherein
      Base is a purine or pyrimidine base;
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2' are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2' can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    17. 17. The composition of clause 16, wherein Base is selected from the group consisting of:
      Figure imgb0076
       wherein
      Y is N or CH.
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C= CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R'; and,
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
    18. 18. The composition of clause 16, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of (a) or (b):
      Figure imgb0077
       and wherein R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2, is H, R3 is H,
      and R4 is NH2 or OH, and R5 is NH2.
    19. 19. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0078
       wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of
      Figure imgb0079
       Y is N or CH;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2, are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2, can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C≡ CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    20. 20. The composition of clause 19, wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0080
       and R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2' is H, R3 is H, R4 is NH2 or OH, and R6 is H.
    21. 21. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, of the structure:
      Figure imgb0081
       wherein Base is a purine or pyrimidine base;
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and,
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group.
    22. 22. The composition of clause 21, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of:
      Figure imgb0082
       Y is N or CH;
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R'; and,
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
    23. 23. The composition of clause 21, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of (a) or (b):
      Figure imgb0083
       and wherein R1 and R7 are H, R3 is H, and R4
      is NH2 or OH, and R5 is NH2.
    24. 24. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0084
       wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0085
       X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2, are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2' can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R3 and R4 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHC1, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H CO2R' CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl; and
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    25. 25. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L)of the formula:
      Figure imgb0086
       wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0087
       R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-ized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R3 and R4 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHC1, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H CO2R' CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C2 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    26. 26. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier of the formula:
      Figure imgb0088
    27. 27. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L), or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, of the formula:
      Figure imgb0089
       wherein
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group; and,
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH) fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro.
    28. 28. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, of the formula:
      Figure imgb0090
    29. 29. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier of the formula:
      Figure imgb0091
       wherein
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and
      R1 is H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate;
    30. 30. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, of the structure:
      Figure imgb0092
    31. 31. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0093
       wherein
      Base is a purine or pyrimidine base;
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2, are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C C1-4 alkenyl), O(C C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2, can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of hepatitis C infection in a host.
    32. 32. The use of clause 31,
      wherein Base is selected from the group consisting of:
      Figure imgb0094
       Y is N or CH.
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, CI, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H CH=CHCO2R'; and,
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
    33. 33. The use of clause 31, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of (a) or (b):
      Figure imgb0095
       and wherein R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2, is H, R3 is H,
      and R4 is NH2 or OH, and R5 is NH2.
    34. 34. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0096
       wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of
      Figure imgb0097
       and wherein Y is N or CH;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2, are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2, can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C1-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of hepatitis C infection in a host.
    35. 35. The use of clause 34, wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0098
       and R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2' is H, R3 is H, R4 is NH2 or OH, and R6 is H.
    36. 36. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the structure:
      Figure imgb0099
       wherein Base is a purine or pyrimidine base;
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and,
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group; and
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of hepatitis C infection in a host.
    37. 37. The use of clause 36, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of:
      Figure imgb0100
       Y is N or CH;
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H CO2R' CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H CH=CHCO2R'; and,
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
    38. 38. The use of clause 36, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of (a) or (b):
      Figure imgb0101
       and wherein R1 and R7 are H, R3 is H, and R4 is NH2 or OH, and R5 is NH2.
    39. 39. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0102
       wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0103
       X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2, are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2, can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R3 and R4 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
      R is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for the treatment or prophylaxis of hepatitis C infection in a host
    40. 40. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L)of the formula:
      Figure imgb0104
       wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0105
       R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R3 and R4 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, CI, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of hepatitis C infection in a host
    41. 41. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0106
       or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for the treatment or prophylaxis of hepatitis C infection in a host.
    42. 42. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0107
       wherein
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group; and,
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for the treatment or prophylaxis of hepatitis C infection in a host
    43. 43. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0108
       or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of hepatitis C infection in a host
    44. 44. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0109
       wherein
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and
      R1 is H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of hepatitis C infection in a host
    45. 45. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0110
       or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of hepatitis C infection in a host.
    46. 46. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a rhinovirus infection comprising administering to a host an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0111
       wherein
      Base is a purine or pyrimidine base;
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2, independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2, can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    47. 47. The method of clause 46,
      wherein Base is selected from the group consisting of:
      Figure imgb0112
       Y is N or CH.
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R'; and,
      wherein R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
    48. 48. The method of clause 46, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of (a) or (b):
      Figure imgb0113
       and wherein R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2, is H, R3 is H,
      and R4 is NH2 or OH, and R5 is NH2.
    49. 49. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a rhinovirus infection comprising administering to a host an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0114
       wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of
      Figure imgb0115
       and wherein Y is N or CH;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2, independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2, can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, CI, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    50. 50. The method of clause 49, wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0116
       and R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2, is H, R3 is H, R4 is NH2 or OH, and R6 is H.
    51. 51. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a rhinovirus infection comprising administering to a host an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the structure:
      Figure imgb0117
       wherein Base is a purine or pyrimidine base;
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and,
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2, independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2, can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    52. 52. The method of clause 46,
      wherein Base is selected from the group consisting of:
      Figure imgb0118
       Y is N or CH.
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, CI, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      wherein R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
    53. 53. The method of clause 46, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of (a) or (b)
      Figure imgb0119
       and wherein R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2, is H, R3 is H,
      and R4 is NH2 or OH, and R5 is NH2.
    54. 54. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a rhinovirus infection comprising administering to a host an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0120
       wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of
      Figure imgb0121
       and wherein Y is N or CH;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2, independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2, can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    55. 55. The method of clause 54, wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0122
       and R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2, is H, R3 is H, R4 is NH2 or OH, and R6 is H.
    56. 56. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a rhinovirus infection comprising administering to a host an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the structure:
      Figure imgb0123
       wherein Base is a purine or pyrimidine base;
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and,
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    57. 57. The method of clause 56, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of:
      Figure imgb0124
       Y is N or CH;
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H CO2R' CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H CH=CHCO2R'; and,
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
    58. 58. The method of clause 56, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of (a) or (b):
      Figure imgb0125
       and wherein R1 and R7 are H, R3 is H, and R4 is NH2 or OH, and R5 is NH2.
    59. 59. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a rhinovirus infection comprising administering to a host an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0126
       wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0127
       X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2, are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), NH(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2, can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R3 and R4 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    60. 60. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a rhinovirus infection comprising administering to a host an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0128
       wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0129
       R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R3 and R4 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    61. 61. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a rhinovirus infection comprising administering to a host an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside β-D or β-L) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the formula:
      Figure imgb0130
       optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    62. 62. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a rhinovirus infection comprising administering to a host an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the formula:
      Figure imgb0131
       wherein
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, 0-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group; and,
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro; and
      optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    63. 63. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a rhinovirus infection comprising administering to a host an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside ((3-D) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the formula:
      Figure imgb0132
       optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    64. 64. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a rhinovirus infection comprising administering to a host an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside β-D) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the formula:
      Figure imgb0133
       wherein
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and
      R1 is H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate;
      optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    65. 65. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of a a rhinovirus infection comprising administering to a host an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof of the formula:
      Figure imgb0134
       optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
    66. 66. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0135
       wherein
      Base is a purine or pyrimidine base;
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2, are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2, can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a yellow fever virus infection in a host.
    67. 67. The use of clause 66, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of:
      Figure imgb0136
       Y is N or CH.
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R'; and,
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
    68. 68. The use of clause 66, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of (a) or (b):
      Figure imgb0137
       and wherein R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2' is H, R3 is H,
      and R4 is NH2 or OH, and R5 is NH2.
    69. 69. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0138
       Wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of
      Figure imgb0139
       Y is N or CH;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2' are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2' can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a yellow fever virus infection in a host.
    70. 70. The use of clause 69, wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0140
       and R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2' is H, R3 is H, R4 is NH2 or OH, and R6 is H.
    71. 71. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β -D or β -L) of the structure:
      Figure imgb0141
       wherein Base is a purine or pyrimidine base;
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and,
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group and
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a yellow fever virus infection in a host
    72. 72. The use of clause 71, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of:
      Figure imgb0142
       Y is N or CH;
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R'; and,
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
    73. 73. The use of clause 71, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of (a) or (b):
      Figure imgb0143
       and wherein R1 and R7 are H, R3 is H, and R4 is NH2 or OH, and R5 is NH2.
    74. 74. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0144
       wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0145
       X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2' are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl); SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2' can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R3 and R4 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a yellow fever virus infection in a host
    75. 75. Use of antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2*-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0146
       wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0147
       R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R3 and R4 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR' NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a yellow fever virus infection in a host.
    76. 76. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0148
       or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a yellow fever virus infection in a host.
    77. 77. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0149
       wherein
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R and R can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group; and,
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro, and
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a yellow fever virus infection in a host.
    78. 78. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0150
       or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a yellow fever virus infection in a host.
    79. 79. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0151
       wherein
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and
      R1 and R2 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a yellow fever virus infection in a host.
    80. 80. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0152
       or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a yellow fever virus infection in a host.
    81. 81. Use an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0153
       wherein
      Base is a purine or pyrimidine base;
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2' are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2) C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), 03S(Cl-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2' can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a West Nile virus infection in a host.
    82. 82. The use of clause 81,
      wherein Base is selected from the group consisting of:
      Figure imgb0154
       Y is N or CH.
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R' CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R'; and,
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
    83. 83. The use of clause 81, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of (a) or (b):
      Figure imgb0155
       and wherein R is H, R2 is OH, R2, is H, R3 is H,
      and R4 is NH2 or OH, and R5 is NH2.
    84. 84. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0156
       wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of
      Figure imgb0157
       Y is N or CH;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2' are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2' can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a West Nile virus infection in a host.
    85. 85. The use of clause 84, wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0158
       and R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2' is H, R3 is H, R4 is NH2 or OH, and R6 is H.
    86. 86. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the structure:
      Figure imgb0159
       wherein Base is a purine or pyrimidine base;
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and,
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a West Nile virus infection in a host.
    87. 87. The use of clause 86, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of:
      Figure imgb0160
       Y is N or CH;
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R'; and,
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
    88. 88. The use of clause 86, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of (a) or (b):
      Figure imgb0161
       and wherein R1 and R7 are H, R3 is H, and R4 is NH2 or OH, and R5 is NH2.
    89. 89. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0162
       wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0163
       X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2' are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 is acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2' can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R3 and R4 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R', CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a West Nile virus infection in a host.
    90. 90. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0164
       wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0165
       R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R3 and R4 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H CO2R' CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a West Nile virus infection in a host.
    91. 91. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0166
       or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a West Nile virus infection in a host.
    92. 92. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0167
       wherein
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group; and,
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH) fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro and,
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a West Nile virus infection in a host.
    93. 93. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0168
       or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a West Nile virus infection in a host.
    94. 94. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0169
       X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and
      R1 is H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a West Nile virus infection in a host.
    95. 95. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0170
       or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a West Nile virus infection in a host.
    96. 96. Use an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0171
       wherein
      Base is a purine or pyrimidine base;
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R and R2, are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2' can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Dengue virus infection in a host.
    97. 97. The use of clause 96,
      wherein Base is selected from the group consisting of:
      Figure imgb0172
       Y is N or CH.
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H CO2R' CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H CH=CHCO2R'; and,
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
    98. 98. The use of clause 96, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of (a) or (b):
      Figure imgb0173
       and wherein R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2' is H, R3 is H, and R4 is NH2 or OH, and R5 is NH2.
    99. 99. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0174
       wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of
      Figure imgb0175
       Y is Nor CH;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2, are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 is acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2' can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H CO2R' CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl;
      R is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Dengue virus infection in a host.
    100. 100. The use of clause 99, wherein Base is
      Figure imgb0176
       and R1 is H, R2 is OH, R2' is H, R3 is H, R4 is NH2 or OH, and R6 is H.
    101. 101. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the structure:
      Figure imgb0177
       wherein Base is a purine or pyrimidine base;
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and,
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound
      wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Dengue virus infection in a host.
    102. 102. The use of clause 101, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of:
      Figure imgb0178
       Y is N or CH;
      R3, R4 and R5 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R' CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R'; and,
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
    103. 103. The use of clause 101, wherein
      Base is selected from the group consisting of (a) or (b):
      Figure imgb0179
       and wherein R1 and R7 are H, R3 is H, and R4 is
      NH2 or OH, and R5 is NH2.
    104. 104. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0180
       wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0181
       X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I;
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid (or racemic mixture), a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate; R2 is H or phosphate; R1 and R2 or R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R2 and R2' are independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkenyl, C1-4 alkynyl, vinyl, N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2, C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), O(C1-4 alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-18 acyl)2, wherein alkyl, alkynyl, alkenyl and vinyl are optionally substituted by N3, CN, one to three halogen (Cl, Br, F, I), NO2; C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkynyl), C(O)O(C1-4 alkenyl), O(C1-4 acyl), O(C1-4 alkyl), alkenyl), S(C1-4 acyl), S(C1-4 alkyl), S(C1-4 alkynyl), S(C1-4 alkenyl), SO(C1-4 acyl), SO(C1-4 alkyl), SO(C1-4 alkynyl), SO(C1-4 alkenyl), SO2(C1-4 acyl), SO2(C1-4 alkyl), SO2(C1-4 alkynyl), SO2(C1-4 alkenyl), O3S(C1-4 acyl), O3S(C1-4 alkyl), O3S(C1-4 alkenyl), NH2, NH(C1-4 alkyl), NH(C1-4 alkenyl), NH(C1-4 alkynyl), NH(C1-4 acyl), N(C1-4 alkyl)2, N(C1-4 acyl)2, OR7; R2 and R2' can be linked together to form a vinyl optionally substituted by one or two of N3, CN, Cl, Br, F, I, NO2;
      R3 and R4 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR' NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R' CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl;
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Dengue virus infection in a host.
    105. 105. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-d or β-L) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0182
       wherein
      Base is
      Figure imgb0183
       R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group;
      R3 and R4 are independently H, halogen including F, Cl, Br, I, OH, OR', SH, SR', NH2, NHR', NR'2, lower alkyl of C1-C6, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkyl of C1-C6 such as CF3 and CH2CH2F, lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CH2, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkenyl of C2-C6 such as CH=CHCl, CH=CHBr and CH=CHI, lower alkynyl of C2-C6 such as C=CH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkynyl of C2-C6, lower alkoxy of C1-C6 such as CH2OH and CH2CH2OH, halogenated (F, Cl, Br, I) lower alkoxy of C1-C6, CO2H, CO2R' CONH2, CONHR', CONR'2, CH=CHCO2H, CH=CHCO2R';
      R' is an optionally substituted alkyl of C1-C12 (particularly when the alkyl is an amino acid residue), cycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkynyl of C2-C6, optionally substituted lower alkenyl of C2-C6, or optionally substituted acyl.
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Dengue virus infection in a host.
    106. 106. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0184
       or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Dengue virus infection in a host.
    107. 107. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0185
       wherein
      R1 and R7 are independently H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 or R7 is independently H or phosphate; R1 and R7 can also be linked with cyclic phosphate group; and,
      R6 is an optionally substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), cyano (CN), CH3, OCH3, OCH2CH3, hydroxy methyl (CH2OH), fluoromethyl (CH2F), azido (N3), CHCN, CH2N3, CH2NH2, CH2NHCH3, CH2N(CH3)2, alkyne (optionally substituted), or fluoro and,
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Dengue virus infection in a host.
    108. 108. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0186
       or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Dengue virus infection in a host.
    109. 109. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0187
       wherein
      X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and
      R1 is H, phosphate, including monophosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, or a stabilized phosphate prodrug, H-phosphonate, including stabilized H-phosphonates, acyl, including optionally substituted phenyl and lower acyl, alkyl, including lower alkyl, O-substituted carboxyalkylamino or its peptide derivatives, sulfonate ester, including alkyl or arylalkyl sulfonyl, including methanesulfonyl and benzyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted, a lipid, including a phospholipid, an L or D-amino acid, a carbohydrate, a peptide, a cholesterol, or other pharmaceutically acceptable leaving group which when administered in vivo is capable of providing a compound wherein R1 is H or phosphate;
      or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Dengue virus infection in a host.
    110. 110. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0188
       or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a Dengue virus infection in a host.
    111. 111. Use of an antivirally effective amount of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of the formula:
      Figure imgb0189
       or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a West Nile virus infection in a host.
    112. 112. The use clause 31, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    113. 113. The use clause 41, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    114. 114. The use of clause 43, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    115. 115. The use of clause 45, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    116. 116. The use of clause 46, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    117. 117. The use of clause 56, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    118. 118. The use of clause 58, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    119. 119. The use of clause 60, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    120. 120. The use of clause 61, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    121. 121. The use of clause 71, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    122. 122. The use of clause 73, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    123. 123. The use of clause 75, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    124. 124. The use of clause 76, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    125. 125. The use of clause 86, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    126. 126. The use of clause 88, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    127. 127. The use of clause 90, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    128. 128. The use of clause 91, where the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    129. 129. The use of clause 101, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    130. 130. The use of clause 103, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    131. 131. The use of clause 105, wherein the antivirally effective amount of (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside is administered in combination or alternation with at least one treatment selected from the group consisting of: interferon, including interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, a pegylated interferon, interferon beta, interferon gamma, interferon tau and interferon omega; an interleukin, including interleukin 10 and interleukin 12; ribavirin; interferon alpha or pegylated interferon alpha in combination with ribavirin or levovirin; levovirin; a protease inhibitor including an NS3 inhibitor, a NS3-4A inhibitor; a helicase inhibitor; a polymerase inhibitor including HCV RNA polymerase and NS5B polymerase inhibitor; gliotoxin; an IRES inhibitor; and antisense oligonucleotide; a thiazolidine derivative; a benzanilide, a ribozyme; another nucleoside, nucleoside prodrug or nucleoside derivative; a 1-amino-alkylcyclohexane; an antioxidant including vitamin E; squalene; amantadine; a bile acid; N-(phosphonoacetyl)-L-aspartic acid; a benzenedicarboxamide; polyadenylic acid; a benzimidazoles; thymosin; a beta tubulin inhibitor; a prophylactic vaccine; an immune modulator, an IMPDH inhibitor; silybin-phosphatidylcholine phytosome; and mycophenolate.
    132. 132. A method of synthesizing a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) comprising gylcosylation of a nucleobase with an intermediate structure:
      Figure imgb0190
       wherein R is lower alkyl, acyl, benzoyl, or mesyl; and Pg is any acceptable protecting group consisting of but not limited to C(O)-alkyl, C(O)Ph, C(O)aryl, CH3, CH2-alkyl, CH2-alkenyl, CH2Ph, CH2-aryl, CH2O-alkyl, CH2O-aryl, SO2-alky SO2-aryl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, or both Pg's may come together to for a 1,3-(1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyldisiloxanylidene).
    133. 133. A method of synthesizing a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) comprising selective deprotection of either Pg in an intermediate of the structure:
      Figure imgb0191
       wherein, X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and Pg is independently any pharmaceutically acceptable protecting group selected from the group consisting of C(O)-alkyl, C(O)Ph, C(O)aryl, CH3, CH2-alkyl, CH2-alkenyl, CH2Ph, CH2-aryl, CH2O-alkyl, CH2O-aryl, SO2-alkyl, SO2-aryl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, or both Pg's may come together to for a 1,3-(1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyldisiloxanylidene).
    134. 134. An intermediate in the synthesis of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L), wherein the intermediate is of the structure:
      Figure imgb0192
       wherein R is lower alkyl, acyl, benzoyl, or mesyl; and Pg is any acceptable protecting group consisting of but not limited to C(O)-alkyl, C(O)Ph, C(O)aryl, CH3, CH2-alkyl, CH2-alkenyl, CH2Ph, CH2-aryl, CH2O-alkyl, CH2O-aryl, SO2-alkyl SO2-aryl tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, or both Pg's may come together to for a 1,3-(1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyldisiloxanylidene).
    135. 135. An intermediate in the synthesis of a (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L), wherein the intermediate is of the structure:
      Figure imgb0193
       wherein, X is O, S, CH2, Se, NH, N-alkyl, CHW (R, S, or racemic), C(W)2, wherein W is F, Cl, Br, or I; and Pg is independently any pharmaceutically acceptable protecting group selected from the group consisting of C(O)-alkyl, C(O)Ph, C(O)aryl, CH3, CH2-alkyl, CH2-alkenyl, CH2Ph, CH2-aryl, CH2O-alkyl, CH2O-aryl, SO2-alkyl, SO2-aryl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, or both Pg's may come together to for a 1,3-(1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyldisiloxanylidene).

Claims (15)

  1. A (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the structure:
    Figure imgb0194
     wherein the Base is a pyrimidine base represented by the following formula
    Figure imgb0195
     X is O;
    R1 and R7 are independently H, a monophosphate, a diphosphate, or a triphosphate;
    R3 is H; and
    R4 is NH2 or OH.
  2. The (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside β-D or β-L) of claim 1 or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R7 is H and R1 is a monophosphate, a diphosphate, or a triphosphate.
  3. The (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of claim 1 or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, R7 is H and R1 is a diphosphate or a triphosphate.
  4. The (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D or β-L) of claim 1 or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein R7 is H and R1 is a triphosphate.
  5. The (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside β-D or β-L) of claim 1 or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein R1 and R7 are H.
  6. A (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of claim 1 or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of the formula:
    Figure imgb0196
  7. A (2'R)-2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro-2'-C-methyl nucleoside (β-D) of claim 1 or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof of the formula:
    Figure imgb0197
  8. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the nucleoside of any one of claims 1 to 7, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  9. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 8, wherein the composition comprises the nucleoside according to claim 2 or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  10. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 8, wherein the composition comprises the nucleoside according to claim 3 or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  11. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 8, wherein the composition comprises the nucleoside according to any one of claims 4, 5 or 6 or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  12. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 8, wherein the composition comprises the nucleoside according to claim 7 or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  13. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 8 comprising liposomes comprising the compound of claim 1, and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  14. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 8 comprising liposomes comprising the compound of claim 6 or claim 7, and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  15. A method of synthesizing the nucleoside of claim 1 comprising:
    glycosylating the pyrimidine with a compound having the following structure:
    Figure imgb0198
    wherein R is C1-C4 lower alkyl, acyl, benzoyl, or mesyl; and
    Pg is selected from among C(O)-C1-C10 alkyl, C(O)phenyl, C(O)biphenyl, C(O)naphthyl, CH2-C1-C10 alkyl, CH2-C1-C10 alkenyl, CH2-phenyl, CH2-biphenyl, CH2-naphthyl, CH2O-C1-C10 alkyl, CH2O-phenyl, CH2O-biphenyl, CH2O-naphthyl, SO2-C1-C10 alkyl, SO2-phenyl, SO2-biphenyl, SO2-naphtyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, or both Pg's may come together to form a 1,3-(1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyldisiloxanylidene); and
    selectively deprotecting a 3'-OPg or a 5'-OPg of a compound having the following structure:
    Figure imgb0199
    wherein, each Pg is independently a protecting group selected from among C(O)-C1-C10 alkyl, C(O)phenyl, C(O)biphenyl, C(O)naphthyl, CH3, CH2-C1-C10 alkyl, CH2-C1-C10 alkenyl, CH2-phenyl, CH2-biphenyl, CH2-naphthyl, CH2O-C1-C10 alkyl, CH2O-phenyl, CH2O-biphenyl, CH2O-napthyl, SO2-C1-C10 alkyl, SO2-phenyl, SO2-biphenyl, SO2-naphtyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, or both Pg'2 may come together to form a 1,3-(1,1,3,3-tetraisopropyldisiloxanylidene).
EP13152340.9A 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues Expired - Lifetime EP2604620B9 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
SI200432330T SI2604620T2 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
HRP20160873TT HRP20160873T4 (en) 2003-05-30 2016-07-14 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
HUS1600062C HUS1600062I1 (en) 2003-05-30 2016-12-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US47436803P 2003-05-30 2003-05-30
EP04775900.6A EP1633766B1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
PCT/US2004/012472 WO2005003147A2 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues

Related Parent Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP04775900.6A Division EP1633766B1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
EP04775900.6A Division-Into EP1633766B1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
EP04775900.6 Division 2004-04-21

Publications (4)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP2604620A1 true EP2604620A1 (en) 2013-06-19
EP2604620B1 EP2604620B1 (en) 2016-06-29
EP2604620B2 EP2604620B2 (en) 2024-06-19
EP2604620B9 EP2604620B9 (en) 2024-10-23

Family

ID=33563735

Family Applications (8)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP11157832A Withdrawn EP2345657A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
EP11157954A Withdrawn EP2345659A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
EP21216654.0A Pending EP4032897A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
EP19160413.1A Expired - Lifetime EP3521297B1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
EP13152340.9A Expired - Lifetime EP2604620B9 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
EP11157939A Withdrawn EP2345661A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
EP11157942A Withdrawn EP2345658A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
EP04775900.6A Revoked EP1633766B1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues

Family Applications Before (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP11157832A Withdrawn EP2345657A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
EP11157954A Withdrawn EP2345659A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
EP21216654.0A Pending EP4032897A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
EP19160413.1A Expired - Lifetime EP3521297B1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues

Family Applications After (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP11157939A Withdrawn EP2345661A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
EP11157942A Withdrawn EP2345658A1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
EP04775900.6A Revoked EP1633766B1 (en) 2003-05-30 2004-04-21 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues

Country Status (30)

Country Link
US (8) US7429572B2 (en)
EP (8) EP2345657A1 (en)
JP (5) JP4958158B2 (en)
KR (1) KR100883703B1 (en)
CN (1) CN100503628C (en)
AR (6) AR044566A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2004253860B2 (en)
BR (3) BR122018015050B1 (en)
CA (5) CA2733842A1 (en)
CO (1) CO5660270A2 (en)
CY (2) CY1118020T1 (en)
DK (1) DK2604620T4 (en)
ES (3) ES2586668T3 (en)
FI (1) FI2604620T4 (en)
HR (1) HRP20160873T4 (en)
HU (2) HUE029877T2 (en)
IL (2) IL172259A (en)
LT (2) LT2604620T (en)
MX (1) MXPA05012788A (en)
MY (1) MY138477A (en)
NO (5) NO333700B1 (en)
NZ (1) NZ543867A (en)
PL (3) PL2604620T5 (en)
PT (3) PT3521297T (en)
RU (1) RU2358979C2 (en)
SI (3) SI3521297T1 (en)
TR (1) TR201906767T4 (en)
TW (1) TWI333956B (en)
WO (1) WO2005003147A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200509521B (en)

Families Citing this family (212)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
MY164523A (en) * 2000-05-23 2017-12-29 Univ Degli Studi Cagliari Methods and compositions for treating hepatitis c virus
AP2006003708A0 (en) * 2000-05-26 2006-08-31 Idenix Cayman Ltd Methods and compositions for treating flavivirusesand pestiviruses
US8481712B2 (en) 2001-01-22 2013-07-09 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase
CN103275159A (en) * 2002-06-28 2013-09-04 埃迪尼克斯医药公司 Modified 2' and 3' -nucleoside produgs for treating flaviridae infections
US7608600B2 (en) * 2002-06-28 2009-10-27 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified 2′ and 3′-nucleoside prodrugs for treating Flaviviridae infections
BR0312278A (en) 2002-06-28 2007-06-19 Idenix Cayman Ltd 2'-c-methyl-3'-o-1-valine ribofuranosyl cytidine ester for treatment of flaviviridae infections
CN101172993A (en) * 2002-06-28 2008-05-07 埃迪尼克斯(开曼)有限公司 2'-c-methyl-3'-o-l-valine ester ribofuranosyl cytidine for treatment of flaviviridae infections
WO2004046331A2 (en) * 2002-11-15 2004-06-03 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 2’-branched nucleosides and flaviviridae mutation
MXPA05006230A (en) * 2002-12-12 2005-09-20 Idenix Cayman Ltd Process for the production of 2'-branched nucleosides.
CN100503628C (en) 2003-05-30 2009-06-24 法莫赛特股份有限公司 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
GB0317009D0 (en) 2003-07-21 2003-08-27 Univ Cardiff Chemical compounds
CN101023094B (en) 2004-07-21 2011-05-18 法莫赛特股份有限公司 Preparation of alkyl-substituted 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-d-ribofuranosyl pyrimidines and purines and their derivatives
AU2005267051B2 (en) * 2004-07-21 2011-07-14 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Preparation of alkyl-substituted 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-D-ribofuranosyl pyrimidines and purines and their derivatives
SG192409A1 (en) 2004-09-14 2013-08-30 Gilead Pharmasset Llc 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-2-c-methyl-ribono lactones, and preparation thereof and 1,3-dioxolanes
CA2584367A1 (en) * 2004-10-21 2006-06-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Fluorinated pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine nucleosides for the treatment of rna-dependent rna viral infection
EP1827460A4 (en) 2004-12-09 2012-03-14 Univ Minnesota Nucleosides with antiviral and anticancer activity
BRPI0607769A2 (en) 2005-02-28 2009-10-06 Genelabs Tech Inc nucleoside-tricyclic prodrugs for the treatment of viral infections
WO2006130217A2 (en) * 2005-04-01 2006-12-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted phosphate esters of nucleoside phosphonates
AR056327A1 (en) * 2005-04-25 2007-10-03 Genelabs Tech Inc NUCLEOSID COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF VIRAL INFECTIONS
US7879797B2 (en) 2005-05-02 2011-02-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
CN100478349C (en) * 2005-06-20 2009-04-15 河南省凯特化学实业总公司 Nucleoside fluoride compound, its production and use
BRPI0614205A2 (en) 2005-08-01 2016-11-22 Merck & Co Inc compound, pharmaceutical composition and compound use
PT1937825T (en) 2005-09-26 2017-03-08 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Modified 4'-nucleosides as antiviral agents
WO2007065829A1 (en) 2005-12-09 2007-06-14 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Antiviral nucleosides
ES2422290T3 (en) * 2005-12-23 2013-09-10 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc Procedure for preparing a synthetic intermediate for the preparation of branched nucleosides
KR101237312B1 (en) * 2006-02-10 2013-03-04 삼진제약주식회사 Pharmaceutical composition for preventing or treating hepatitis c which comprises pyrimidinedione derivatives
WO2007095269A2 (en) 2006-02-14 2007-08-23 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside aryl phosphoramidates for the treatment of rna-dependent rna viral infection
US8895531B2 (en) 2006-03-23 2014-11-25 Rfs Pharma Llc 2′-fluoronucleoside phosphonates as antiviral agents
GB0609492D0 (en) 2006-05-15 2006-06-21 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic agents
US8058260B2 (en) * 2006-05-22 2011-11-15 Xenoport, Inc. 2′-C-methyl-ribofuranosyl cytidine prodrugs, pharmaceutical compositions and uses thereof
GB0612423D0 (en) 2006-06-23 2006-08-02 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic agents
JP5252459B2 (en) * 2006-10-10 2013-07-31 ギリアド ファーマセット エルエルシー Preparation of ribofuranosylpyrimidine nucleosides
WO2008051494A1 (en) 2006-10-19 2008-05-02 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Heteroaryl compounds, compositions thereof, and use thereof as protein kinase inhibitors
AU2007309544B2 (en) 2006-10-24 2012-05-31 Msd Italia S.R.L. HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
CA2667266C (en) 2006-10-24 2015-11-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
AU2007309546A1 (en) 2006-10-24 2008-05-02 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti S.P.A. HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
WO2008057208A2 (en) 2006-10-27 2008-05-15 Merck & Co., Inc. Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
CA2667031C (en) 2006-10-27 2013-01-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
EP2094679B1 (en) * 2006-12-18 2012-01-25 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Process for preparing 3,5-di-omicron-acyl-2-fluoro-2-c-methyl-d-ribono-gamma-lactone
CA2672250C (en) 2006-12-20 2013-04-30 Ian Stansfield Antiviral indoles
GB0625349D0 (en) 2006-12-20 2007-01-31 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic compounds
GB0625345D0 (en) 2006-12-20 2007-01-31 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic compounds
WO2008079206A1 (en) * 2006-12-20 2008-07-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside cyclic phosphoramidates for the treatment of rna-dependent rna viral infection
US7951789B2 (en) * 2006-12-28 2011-05-31 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
US8071568B2 (en) * 2007-01-05 2011-12-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Nucleoside aryl phosphoramidates for the treatment of RNA-dependent RNA viral infection
WO2008090046A1 (en) * 2007-01-23 2008-07-31 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Alternate process for preparing 3,5-di-omicron-acyl-2-fluoro-2-c-methyl-d-ribono-gamma-lactone
WO2008106167A1 (en) * 2007-02-28 2008-09-04 Conatus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapy comprising matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors and caspase inhibitors for the treatment of liver diseases
DK2144604T3 (en) * 2007-02-28 2011-10-17 Conatus Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods for the treatment of chronic viral hepatitis C using RO 113-0830
AU2014233579B2 (en) * 2007-03-30 2016-06-23 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
US7964580B2 (en) * 2007-03-30 2011-06-21 Pharmasset, Inc. Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
GB0709791D0 (en) * 2007-05-22 2007-06-27 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Antiviral agents
CN100532388C (en) * 2007-07-16 2009-08-26 郑州大学 2'-fluorine-4'-substituted-nucleosides analog, preparation method and uses thereof
CN101801982A (en) 2007-07-17 2010-08-11 P.安杰莱蒂分子生物学研究所 The Macrocyclic indole derivatives that is used for the treatment of hepatitis C infection
CA2699891C (en) 2007-07-19 2013-10-22 Nigel Liverton Macrocyclic compounds as antiviral agents
GB0718575D0 (en) 2007-09-24 2007-10-31 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of viral polymerases
WO2009073506A2 (en) * 2007-11-29 2009-06-11 Metabasis Therapeutics Inc. Nucleoside prodrugs and uses thereof
US8227431B2 (en) * 2008-03-17 2012-07-24 Hetero Drugs Limited Nucleoside derivatives
AU2009241445A1 (en) 2008-04-28 2009-11-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
US8173621B2 (en) 2008-06-11 2012-05-08 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside cyclicphosphates
RU2519947C2 (en) * 2008-07-02 2014-06-20 Айденикс Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for treatment of viral diseases
EA019327B1 (en) 2008-07-22 2014-02-28 Мерк Шарп Энд Домэ Корп. Macrocyclic quinoxaline compounds as hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
KR20110098849A (en) * 2008-12-23 2011-09-01 파마셋 인코포레이티드 Nucleoside analogs
KR20110099138A (en) * 2008-12-23 2011-09-06 파마셋 인코포레이티드 Nucleoside phosphoramidates
SG172363A1 (en) * 2008-12-23 2011-07-28 Pharmasset Inc Synthesis of purine nucleosides
MX2011007194A (en) * 2009-01-07 2013-07-12 Scynexis Inc Combination of a cyclosporine derivative and nucleosides for treating hcv.
WO2010082050A1 (en) 2009-01-16 2010-07-22 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti S.P.A. Macrocyclic and 7-aminoalkyl-substituted benzoxazocines for treatment of hepatitis c infections
AR075584A1 (en) * 2009-02-27 2011-04-20 Intermune Inc THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS THAT INCLUDE beta-D-2'-DESOXI-2'-FLUORO-2'-C-METHYLYCTIDINE AND A CARDIEX ISOINDOL ACID DERIVATIVE AND ITS USES. COMPOUND.
US8193372B2 (en) 2009-03-04 2012-06-05 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphothiophene and phosphothiazole HCV polymerase inhibitors
TW201107342A (en) * 2009-05-20 2011-03-01 Chimerix Inc Compounds, compositions and methods for treating viral infection
US8618076B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2013-12-31 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidates
TWI583692B (en) 2009-05-20 2017-05-21 基利法瑪席特有限責任公司 Nucleoside phosphoramidates
EP2459582B1 (en) 2009-07-30 2015-05-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Hepatitis c virus ns3 protease inhibitors
US20110027229A1 (en) 2009-07-31 2011-02-03 Medtronic, Inc. Continuous subcutaneous administration of interferon-alpha to hepatitis c infected patients
CA2769652A1 (en) 2009-08-05 2011-02-10 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors useful against viral infections, particularly hcv
KR20120091240A (en) 2009-10-26 2012-08-17 시그날 파마소티칼 엘엘씨 Methods of synthesis and purification of heteroaryl compounds
WO2011063076A1 (en) 2009-11-19 2011-05-26 Itherx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating hepatitis c virus with oxoacetamide compounds
US8362068B2 (en) 2009-12-18 2013-01-29 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5,5-fused arylene or heteroarylene hepatitis C virus inhibitors
MX2012007076A (en) 2009-12-18 2012-07-20 Boehringer Ingelheim Int Hcv combination therapy.
US8563530B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2013-10-22 Gilead Pharmassel LLC Purine nucleoside phosphoramidate
UA122959C2 (en) 2010-03-31 2021-01-27 Гайлід Фармассет Елелсі NUCLEOSIDE PHOSPHORAMIDATES
UY33310A (en) 2010-03-31 2011-10-31 Pharmasset Inc ESTEREOSELECTIVE SYNTHESIS OF ASSETS CONTAINING PHOSPHORUS
BR112012024661A2 (en) 2010-04-01 2015-09-15 Centre Nat Rech Scient compound, pharmaceutical composition and method of treating a host infected with hepatitis c virus
PE20230684A1 (en) * 2010-09-20 2023-04-21 Gilead Sciences Inc 2'-FLUORO SUBSTITUTED CARBA-NUCLEOSIDE ANALOGS AS RNA POLYMERASE INHIBITORS
WO2012062691A1 (en) 2010-11-09 2012-05-18 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Pharmaceutical compositions for treating hcv infections
ES2716158T3 (en) 2010-11-30 2019-06-10 Gilead Pharmasset Llc 2'-spiro-nucleotides for the treatment of hepatitis C
WO2012080050A1 (en) 2010-12-14 2012-06-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Solid forms of a phenoxybenzenesulfonyl compound
US20130273005A1 (en) 2010-12-20 2013-10-17 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Methods for treating hcv
TW201309690A (en) 2011-02-10 2013-03-01 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use for treating HCV infections
US20120252721A1 (en) 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating drug-resistant hepatitis c virus infection with a 5,5-fused arylene or heteroarylene hepatitis c virus inhibitor
JP2014514295A (en) 2011-03-31 2014-06-19 アイディニックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
AU2012242970A1 (en) * 2011-04-13 2013-10-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2'-substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
EP2696679B1 (en) 2011-04-13 2017-08-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2'-cyano substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
EP2697242B1 (en) 2011-04-13 2018-10-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2'-azido substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
KR20140019832A (en) 2011-04-13 2014-02-17 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 1'-substituted pyrimidine n-nucleoside analogs for antiviral treatment
US20130018011A1 (en) * 2011-06-10 2013-01-17 Hassan Javanbakht Method of treating dengue fever
EP2731434A4 (en) 2011-07-13 2014-12-31 Merck Sharp & Dohme 5'-substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
EP2731433A4 (en) 2011-07-13 2014-12-31 Merck Sharp & Dohme 5'-substituted nucleoside analogs and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
WO2013039855A1 (en) 2011-09-12 2013-03-21 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
US9403863B2 (en) 2011-09-12 2016-08-02 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Substituted carbonyloxymethylphosphoramidate compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of viral infections
TR201802537T4 (en) 2011-09-16 2018-03-21 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Methods for treating HCV.
AR089650A1 (en) 2011-10-14 2014-09-10 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Inc PHOSPHATES 3,5-REPLACED CYCLES OF PURINE NUCLEOTIDE COMPOUNDS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS FOR THE TREATMENT OF VIRAL INFECTIONS
MX357833B (en) 2011-10-19 2018-07-26 Signal Pharm Llc Treatment of cancer with tor kinase inhibitors.
UY34402A (en) 2011-10-21 2013-05-31 Abbvie Inc METHODS FOR HCV TREATMENT
US8809265B2 (en) 2011-10-21 2014-08-19 Abbvie Inc. Methods for treating HCV
US8466159B2 (en) 2011-10-21 2013-06-18 Abbvie Inc. Methods for treating HCV
US8492386B2 (en) 2011-10-21 2013-07-23 Abbvie Inc. Methods for treating HCV
WO2013074386A2 (en) 2011-11-15 2013-05-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
US8889159B2 (en) 2011-11-29 2014-11-18 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Compositions and methods for treating hepatitis C virus
AU2012345732B2 (en) 2011-11-30 2016-07-14 Emory University Antiviral JAK inhibitors useful in treating or preventing retroviral and other viral infections
MX363034B (en) 2011-12-02 2019-03-06 Signal Pharm Llc PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS OF 7-(6-(2-HYDROXYPROPAN-2-YL)PYRIDIN -3-YL)-1-((TRANS)-4-METHOXYCYCLOHEXYL)-3,4-DIHYDROPYRAZINO [2,3-B</i>]PYRAZIN-2(1H</i>)-ONE, A SOLID FORM THEREOF AND METHODS OF THEIR USE.
US20130244966A1 (en) * 2011-12-12 2013-09-19 Catabasis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fatty acid antiviral conjugates and their uses
US20130217644A1 (en) 2012-02-13 2013-08-22 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical Compositions of 2'-C-Methyl-Guanosine, 5'-[2[(3-Hydroxy-2,2-Dimethyl-1-Oxopropyl)Thio]Ethyl N-(Phenylmethyl)Phosphoramidate]
MX2014009850A (en) 2012-02-14 2015-03-10 Univ Georgia Spiro [2.4]heptanes for treatment of flaviviridae infections.
MX358303B (en) 2012-02-24 2018-08-14 Signal Pharm Llc Methods for treating non- small cell lung cancer using tor kinase inhibitor combination therapy.
EP2852603B1 (en) 2012-05-22 2021-05-12 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC D-amino acid compounds for liver disease
US9296778B2 (en) 2012-05-22 2016-03-29 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3′,5′-cyclic phosphate prodrugs for HCV infection
WO2013177188A1 (en) 2012-05-22 2013-11-28 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3',5'-cyclic phosphoramidate prodrugs for hcv infection
KR20150014457A (en) 2012-05-25 2015-02-06 얀센 알 앤드 디 아일랜드 Uracyl spirooxetane nucleosides
BR112014030623A2 (en) * 2012-06-12 2017-06-27 Hoffmann La Roche composition, combination and their uses
WO2014047117A1 (en) 2012-09-18 2014-03-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for preparing phosphoramidate derivatives of nucleoside compounds for treatment of viral infections
EP2900682A1 (en) 2012-09-27 2015-08-05 IDENIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Esters and malonates of sate prodrugs
GEP201706723B (en) 2012-10-08 2017-08-25 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llk 2'-chloro nucleoside analogs for hcv infection
AR092959A1 (en) 2012-10-17 2015-05-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme DERIVATIVES OF NUCLEOSIDS 2-METHYL SUBSTITUTED AND METHODS OF USE OF THE SAME FOR THE TREATMENT OF VIRAL DISEASES
US9457039B2 (en) 2012-10-17 2016-10-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2′-disubstituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
US9242988B2 (en) 2012-10-17 2016-01-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2′-cyano substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
AU2013203714B2 (en) 2012-10-18 2015-12-03 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Inhibition of phosphorylation of PRAS40, GSK3-beta or P70S6K1 as a marker for TOR kinase inhibitory activity
WO2014063019A1 (en) 2012-10-19 2014-04-24 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dinucleotide compounds for hcv infection
EP2909222B1 (en) 2012-10-22 2021-05-26 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC 2',4'-bridged nucleosides for hcv infection
CN103804417B (en) * 2012-11-13 2017-09-19 北京美倍他药物研究有限公司 Anti-hepatic-B virus medicine
EP2938624A1 (en) 2012-11-14 2015-11-04 IDENIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc. D-alanine ester of sp-nucleoside analog
US20140140951A1 (en) 2012-11-14 2014-05-22 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. D-Alanine Ester of Rp-Nucleoside Analog
US9732111B2 (en) 2012-11-19 2017-08-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2′-alkynyl substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
US9211300B2 (en) 2012-12-19 2015-12-15 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc 4′-fluoro nucleosides for the treatment of HCV
IL296551B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2024-04-01 Janssen Biopharma Llc Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
BR112015016997A2 (en) 2013-01-16 2017-07-11 Signal Pharm Llc compound, pharmaceutical composition and method for the treatment or prevention of breast cancer
MD4595B1 (en) 2013-01-31 2018-10-31 Gilead Pharmasset Llc. Combination formulation of two antiviral compounds
US10034893B2 (en) 2013-02-01 2018-07-31 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5, 6-D2 uridine nucleoside/tide derivatives
WO2014121417A1 (en) 2013-02-07 2014-08-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Tetracyclic heterocycle compounds and methods of use thereof for the treatment of hepatitis c
WO2014121416A1 (en) 2013-02-07 2014-08-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Tetracyclic heterocycle compounds and methods of use thereof for the treatment of hepatitis c
WO2014121418A1 (en) 2013-02-07 2014-08-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Tetracyclic heterocycle compounds and methods of use thereof for the treatment of hepatitis c
WO2014137926A1 (en) 2013-03-04 2014-09-12 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3'-deoxy nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
US9339541B2 (en) 2013-03-04 2016-05-17 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiophosphate nucleosides for the treatment of HCV
EP2970357A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2016-01-20 IDENIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of 2'-cyano, azido and amino nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
US20160016989A1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2016-01-21 Chimerochem Llc Synthetic Polymers Containing Amino Acid Side Chains
EP2981542B1 (en) 2013-04-01 2021-09-15 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC 2',4'-fluoro nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
US9447132B2 (en) 2013-04-12 2016-09-20 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Highly active nucleoside derivative for the treatment of HCV
MY189663A (en) 2013-04-17 2022-02-23 Signal Pharm Llc Combination therapy comprising a dihydropyrazino-pyrazine compound and an androgen receptor antagonist for treating prostate cancer
EP3549940A1 (en) 2013-04-17 2019-10-09 Signal Pharmaceuticals, LLC Pharmaceutical formulations, of 1-ethyl-7-(2-methyl-6-(1h-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl) pyridin-3-yl) -3,4-dihydropyrazino[2,3-b]pyrazin-2(1h)-one
UA119538C2 (en) 2013-04-17 2019-07-10 Сігнал Фармасьютікалз, Елелсі Treatment of cancer with dihydropyrazino-pyrazines
US9782427B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2017-10-10 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for treating cancer using TOR kinase inhibitor combination therapy
KR20160002792A (en) 2013-04-17 2016-01-08 시그날 파마소티칼 엘엘씨 Combination therapy comprising a tor kinase inhibitor and n-(3-(5-fluoro-2-(4-(2-methoxyethyoxy)phenylamino)pyrimidin-4-ylamino)phenyl)acrylamide for treating cancer
AU2014253978B2 (en) 2013-04-17 2019-06-06 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Combination therapy comprising a TOR kinase inhibitor and a 5-Substituted Quinazolinone Compound for treating cancer
MX2015014590A (en) 2013-04-17 2016-03-03 Signal Pharm Llc Treatment of cancer with dihydropyrazino-pyrazines.
US20180200280A1 (en) 2013-05-16 2018-07-19 Riboscience Llc 4'-Fluoro-2'-Methyl Substituted Nucleoside Derivatives as Inhibitors of HCV RNA Replication
AU2014265293B2 (en) * 2013-05-16 2019-07-18 Riboscience Llc 4'-Fluoro-2'-methyl substituted nucleoside derivatives
CA3143529A1 (en) 2013-05-29 2014-12-04 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Pharmaceutical compositions 0f 7-(6-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-1-((trans)-4-methoxycyclohexyl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino [2,3-b]pyrazin-2(1h)-one, a solid form thereof and methods of their use
EP3004130B1 (en) 2013-06-05 2019-08-07 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC. 1',4'-thio nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
EP3010512B1 (en) 2013-06-18 2017-12-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Cyclic phosphonate substituted nucleoside derivatives and methods of use thereof for the treatment of viral diseases
US20150037282A1 (en) 2013-08-01 2015-02-05 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. D-amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of halogeno pyrimidine compounds for liver disease
ES2792503T3 (en) 2013-08-27 2020-11-11 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Combined formulation of two antiviral compounds
EP3046924A1 (en) 2013-09-20 2016-07-27 IDENIX Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
EA201690526A1 (en) 2013-10-11 2017-02-28 Алиос Биофарма, Инк. SUBSTITUTED NUCLEOSIDES, NUCLEOTIDES AND THEIR ANALOGUES
WO2015061683A1 (en) 2013-10-25 2015-04-30 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. D-amino acid phosphoramidate and d-alanine thiophosphoramidate pronucleotides of nucleoside compounds useful for the treatment of hcv
US20160271162A1 (en) 2013-11-01 2016-09-22 Idenix Pharmacueticals, Llc D-alanine phosphoramide pronucleotides of 2'-methyl 2'-fluro guanosine nucleoside compounds for the treatment of hcv
EP3074399A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2016-10-05 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC 2'-dichloro and 2'-fluoro-2'-chloro nucleoside analogues for hcv infection
WO2015095419A1 (en) 2013-12-18 2015-06-25 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4'-or nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
JP2017512183A (en) 2014-02-13 2017-05-18 リガンド・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド Prodrug compounds and their use
WO2015134561A1 (en) 2014-03-05 2015-09-11 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a 5,5-fused heteroarylene flaviviridae inhibitor and their use for treating or preventing flaviviridae infection
EP3114122A1 (en) 2014-03-05 2017-01-11 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC Solid forms of a flaviviridae virus inhibitor compound and salts thereof
CN104926902A (en) * 2014-03-17 2015-09-23 张容霞 2'-substituted-2,2'-dehydrated uridine or 2'-substituted-2,2'-dehydrated cytidine compound and preparation method and use thereof
US9718824B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2017-08-01 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Solid forms comprising 7-(6-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-1-((trans)-4-methoxycyclohexyl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino[2,3-b]pyrazin-2(1H)-one, and a coformer, compositions and methods of use thereof
NZ714742A (en) 2014-04-16 2017-04-28 Signal Pharm Llc Solid forms of 1-ethyl-7-(2-methyl-6-(1h-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-3,4-dihydropyrazino[2,3-b]pyrazin-2(1h)-one, compositions thereof and methods of their use
WO2015160868A1 (en) 2014-04-16 2015-10-22 Signal Pharmaceuticals, Llc Methods for treating cancer using tor kinase inhibitor combination therapy
EP3131551A4 (en) 2014-04-16 2017-09-20 Signal Pharmaceuticals, LLC SOLID FORMS COMPRISING 1-ETHYL-7-(2-METHYL-6-(1H-1,2,4-TRIAZOL-3-YL) PYRIDIN-3-YL)-3,4-DIHYDROPYRAZINO(2,3-b)PYRAZIN-2(1H)-ONE, AND A COFORMER, COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
EP3131914B1 (en) 2014-04-16 2023-05-10 Idenix Pharmaceuticals LLC 3'-substituted methyl or alkynyl nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
US10432742B2 (en) 2014-06-06 2019-10-01 Google Llc Proactive environment-based chat information system
WO2016003812A1 (en) 2014-07-02 2016-01-07 Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrug compounds and uses therof
NZ629796A (en) 2014-07-14 2015-12-24 Signal Pharm Llc Amorphous form of 4-((4-(cyclopentyloxy)-5-(2-methylbenzo[d]oxazol-6-yl)-7h-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)-3-methoxy-n-methylbenzamide, compositions thereof and methods of their use
CN106715427A (en) 2014-07-14 2017-05-24 西格诺药品有限公司 Methods of treating a cancer using substituted pyrrolopyrimidine compounds, compositions thereof
WO2016023522A2 (en) 2014-08-15 2016-02-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted phosphoramidate compounds and uses thereof
US9675632B2 (en) 2014-08-26 2017-06-13 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleoside and nucleotide derivatives
CN104327138B (en) * 2014-10-21 2017-05-10 齐鲁制药有限公司 Preparation method of PSI-7977 intermediate compound
EP3212597A1 (en) * 2014-10-31 2017-09-06 Sandoz AG Improved fluorination process
WO2016073756A1 (en) 2014-11-06 2016-05-12 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated nucleoside/tide derivatives
US9732110B2 (en) 2014-12-05 2017-08-15 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleoside and nucleotide derivatives
GEP20237502B (en) 2015-03-06 2023-04-25 Atea Pharmaceuticals Inc B-D-2'-DEOXY-2'a-FLUORO-2'-B-C-SUBSTITUTED-2-MODIFIED-N6-SUBSTITUTED PURINE NUCLEOTIDES FOR HCV TREATMENT
WO2016160646A1 (en) 2015-04-02 2016-10-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Process for making phosphoramidate protected nucleoside compounds
WO2016182939A1 (en) * 2015-05-08 2016-11-17 Abbvie Inc. Anti-viral compounds
WO2016182935A1 (en) * 2015-05-08 2016-11-17 Abbvie Inc. Anti-viral compounds
WO2016182934A1 (en) * 2015-05-08 2016-11-17 Abbvie Inc. Anti-viral compounds
WO2016182936A1 (en) * 2015-05-08 2016-11-17 Abbvie Inc. Anti-viral compounds
WO2016182937A1 (en) * 2015-05-08 2016-11-17 Abbvie Inc. Anti-viral compounds
CA2997170A1 (en) * 2015-09-02 2017-03-09 Abbvie Inc. Anti-viral tetrahydrofurane derivatives
EP3448392A4 (en) 2016-04-28 2020-01-15 Emory University Alkyne containing nucleotide and nucleoside therapeutic compositions and uses related thereto
WO2017197036A1 (en) 2016-05-10 2017-11-16 C4 Therapeutics, Inc. Spirocyclic degronimers for target protein degradation
CN109641874A (en) 2016-05-10 2019-04-16 C4医药公司 C for target protein degradation3The glutarimide degron body of carbon connection
WO2017197055A1 (en) 2016-05-10 2017-11-16 C4 Therapeutics, Inc. Heterocyclic degronimers for target protein degradation
EP3463469B1 (en) 2016-05-27 2023-12-13 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Combination of ledipasvir and sofosbuvir for use in the treatment of hepatitis b virus infections in humans
US10202412B2 (en) 2016-07-08 2019-02-12 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-substituted-4′-substituted-2-substituted-N6-substituted-6-aminopurinenucleotides for the treatment of paramyxovirus and orthomyxovirus infections
WO2018013937A1 (en) 2016-07-14 2018-01-18 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-d-2'-deoxy-2'-alpha-fluoro-2'-beta-c-substituted-4'-fluoro-n6-substituted-6-amino-2-substituted purine nucleotides for the treatment of hepatitis c virus infection
EP3512863B1 (en) 2016-09-07 2021-12-08 ATEA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2'-substituted-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for rna virus treatment
SG10202012214WA (en) * 2017-02-01 2021-01-28 Atea Pharmaceuticals Inc Nucleotide hemi-sulfate salt for the treatment of hepatitis c virus
AU2018289539B2 (en) 2017-06-22 2024-07-04 Celgene Corporation Treatment of hepatocellular carcinoma characterized by hepatitis B virus infection
US10682369B2 (en) 2017-09-21 2020-06-16 Riboscience Llc 4′-fluoro-2′-methyl substituted nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of HCV RNA replication
WO2019139919A1 (en) 2018-01-09 2019-07-18 Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Acetal compounds and therapeutic uses thereof
JP2021521118A (en) 2018-04-10 2021-08-26 アテア ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Treatment of HCV-infected patients with cirrhosis
WO2020007070A1 (en) * 2018-07-02 2020-01-09 河南真实生物科技有限公司 Crystal form, preparation method, and application of 4'-substituted nucleoside
EP3860591A4 (en) * 2018-10-04 2022-06-01 Octagon Therapeutics Inc. Pre-activated nucleoside impdh inhibitors as anti-infective drugs
KR101970963B1 (en) 2018-12-19 2019-04-23 주식회사 엠디헬스케어 DNA aptamer binding specifically to yellow fever virus envelope protein domain III (YFV EDIII) and uses thereof
US10874687B1 (en) 2020-02-27 2020-12-29 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Highly active compounds against COVID-19
CN111363712B (en) * 2020-03-23 2020-11-03 华东师范大学 Genetic engineering strain for expressing D structural domain fusion protein of microtubule beta subunit and protein A and construction method thereof
CN116368226A (en) * 2020-09-04 2023-06-30 维乎医疗有限公司 Compositions and methods for capping RNA

Citations (93)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3798209A (en) 1971-06-01 1974-03-19 Icn Pharmaceuticals 1,2,4-triazole nucleosides
USRE29835E (en) 1971-06-01 1978-11-14 Icn Pharmaceuticals 1,2,4-Triazole nucleosides
DE3512781A1 (en) 1984-04-10 1985-10-17 Société Nationale Elf Aquitaine, Courbevoie CYCLIC PHOSPHONITES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND THEIR USE
EP0180276A1 (en) 1984-10-24 1986-05-07 Stamicarbon B.V. Dioxaphosphorinanes, their preparation and use for resolving optically active compounds
WO1989002733A1 (en) 1987-09-22 1989-04-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Liposomal nucleoside analogues for treating aids
EP0350287A2 (en) 1988-07-07 1990-01-10 NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Lipid derivatives of antiviral nucleosides, liposomal incorporation and method of use
US4957924A (en) 1987-08-15 1990-09-18 Burroughs Wellcome Co. Therapeutic valine esters of acyclovir and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof
US5026687A (en) 1990-01-03 1991-06-25 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Treatment of human retroviral infections with 2',3'-dideoxyinosine alone and in combination with other antiviral compounds
WO1991016920A1 (en) 1990-05-07 1991-11-14 Vical, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of salicylate and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
WO1991018914A1 (en) 1990-05-29 1991-12-12 Vical, Inc. Synthesis of glycerol di- and triphosphate derivatives
WO1991019721A1 (en) 1990-06-13 1991-12-26 Arnold Glazier Phosphorous produgs
US5149794A (en) 1990-11-01 1992-09-22 State Of Oregon Covalent lipid-drug conjugates for drug targeting
US5157027A (en) 1991-05-13 1992-10-20 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Bisphosphonate squalene synthetase inhibitors and method
WO1993000910A1 (en) 1991-07-12 1993-01-21 Vical, Inc. Antiviral liponucleosides: treatment of hepatitis b
US5194654A (en) 1989-11-22 1993-03-16 Vical, Inc. Lipid derivatives of phosphonoacids for liposomal incorporation and method of use
US5256641A (en) 1990-11-01 1993-10-26 State Of Oregon Covalent polar lipid-peptide conjugates for immunological targeting
WO1994026273A1 (en) 1993-05-12 1994-11-24 Hostetler Karl Y Acyclovir derivatives for topical use
US5372808A (en) 1990-10-17 1994-12-13 Amgen Inc. Methods and compositions for the treatment of diseases with consensus interferon while reducing side effect
US5411947A (en) 1989-06-28 1995-05-02 Vestar, Inc. Method of converting a drug to an orally available form by covalently bonding a lipid to the drug
WO1995013090A1 (en) 1993-11-10 1995-05-18 Enzon, Inc. Improved interferon polymer conjugates
US5463092A (en) 1989-11-22 1995-10-31 Vestar, Inc. Lipid derivatives of phosphonacids for liposomal incorporation and method of use
US5496546A (en) 1993-02-24 1996-03-05 Jui H. Wang Compositions and methods of application of reactive antiviral polyadenylic acid derivatives
WO1996015132A1 (en) 1994-11-15 1996-05-23 The Regents Of The University Of California Improved antiviral prodrugs
US5538865A (en) 1990-04-06 1996-07-23 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Hepatitis C virus epitopes
US5543389A (en) 1990-11-01 1996-08-06 State Of Oregon, Acting By And Through The Oregon State Board Of Higher Education On Behalf Of The Oregon Health Sciences University, A Non Profit Organization Covalent polar lipid-peptide conjugates for use in salves
US5543391A (en) 1990-11-01 1996-08-06 State Of Oregon, Acting By And Through The Oregon State Board Of Higher Education, Acting For And On Behalf Of The Oregon Health Sciences University Covalent microparticle-drug conjugates for biological targeting
US5554728A (en) 1991-07-23 1996-09-10 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Lipid conjugates of therapeutic peptides and protease inhibitors
JPH08268890A (en) 1995-03-31 1996-10-15 Eisai Co Ltd Prophylactic and remedy for hepatitis c
US5610054A (en) 1992-05-14 1997-03-11 Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Enzymatic RNA molecule targeted against Hepatitis C virus
WO1997012033A1 (en) 1995-09-27 1997-04-03 Emory University Recombinant hepatitis c virus rna replicase
US5633388A (en) 1996-03-29 1997-05-27 Viropharma Incorporated Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C
US5633358A (en) 1994-09-14 1997-05-27 Huels Aktiengesellschaft Process for bleaching aqueous surfactant solutions
WO1997036554A1 (en) 1996-03-29 1997-10-09 Viropharma Incorporated Piperidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and their use in the treatment of hepatitis c
US5676942A (en) 1992-02-10 1997-10-14 Interferon Sciences, Inc. Composition containing human alpha interferon species proteins and method for use thereof
US5725859A (en) 1994-05-03 1998-03-10 Omer; Osama L.M. Plant-based therapeutic agent with virustatic and antiviral effect
US5738846A (en) 1994-11-10 1998-04-14 Enzon, Inc. Interferon polymer conjugates and process for preparing the same
US5738845A (en) 1989-03-02 1998-04-14 The Women's Research Institute Human interferon τ proteins and methods of use
JPH10101591A (en) 1996-09-27 1998-04-21 Eisai Co Ltd Preventing and therapeutic agent for viral infectious disease
WO1998017679A1 (en) 1996-10-18 1998-04-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
US5747646A (en) 1991-03-25 1998-05-05 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Polyethylene-protein conjugates
WO1998022496A2 (en) 1996-11-18 1998-05-28 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Antiviral peptide derivatives
US5830455A (en) 1992-12-22 1998-11-03 Glaxo Wellcome Inc. Method of treatment using a therapeutic combination of α interferon and free radical scavengers
US5837257A (en) 1996-07-09 1998-11-17 Sage R&D Use of plant extracts for treatment of HIV, HCV and HBV infections
US5846964A (en) 1993-07-19 1998-12-08 Tokyo Tanabe Company Limited Hepatitis C virus proliferation inhibitor
US5849696A (en) 1991-09-13 1998-12-15 The Board Of Governors Of Wayne State University Composition and method of treating hepatitis C
WO1999007734A2 (en) 1997-08-11 1999-02-18 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogues
WO1999015194A1 (en) 1997-09-21 1999-04-01 Schering Corporation Combination therapy for eradicating detectable hcv-rna in patients having chronic hepatitis c infection
US5891874A (en) 1996-06-05 1999-04-06 Eli Lilly And Company Anti-viral compound
US5908621A (en) 1995-11-02 1999-06-01 Schering Corporation Polyethylene glycol modified interferon therapy
WO1999032140A1 (en) 1997-12-19 1999-07-01 Enzon, Inc. Alpha-interferon-polymer-conjugates having enhanced biological activity and methods of preparing the same
WO1999032139A1 (en) 1997-12-19 1999-07-01 Shering Corporation Improved interferon polymer conjugates
US5922757A (en) 1996-09-30 1999-07-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Treatment and prevention of hepatic disorders
US5928636A (en) 1996-05-13 1999-07-27 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Use of IL-12 and IFNα for the treatment of infectious diseases
WO1999043691A1 (en) 1998-02-25 1999-09-02 Emory University 2'-fluoronucleosides
DE19914474A1 (en) 1998-03-30 1999-10-07 Hoffmann La Roche New peptide aldehyde and boronic acid derivatives are proteinase inhibitors useful for treatment of viral infections, especially hepatitis
US5980884A (en) 1996-02-05 1999-11-09 Amgen, Inc. Methods for retreatment of patients afflicted with Hepatitis C using consensus interferon
US5990276A (en) 1996-05-10 1999-11-23 Schering Corporation Synthetic inhibitors of hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
WO1999059621A1 (en) 1998-05-15 1999-11-25 Schering Corporation Combination therapy comprising ribavirin and interferon alpha in antiviral treatment naive patients having g chronic hepatitis c infection
WO1999064016A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-12-16 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Use of peg-ifn-alpha and ribavirin for the treatment of chronic hepatitis c
US6004933A (en) 1997-04-25 1999-12-21 Cortech Inc. Cysteine protease inhibitors
WO2000009531A2 (en) 1998-08-10 2000-02-24 Novirio Pharmaceuticals Limited β-L-2'-DEOXY-NUCLEOSIDES FOR THE TREATMENT OF HEPATITIS B
US6034134A (en) 1997-06-30 2000-03-07 Merz + Co. Gmbh & Co. 1-Amino-alkylcyclohexane NMDA receptor antagonists
US6043077A (en) 1996-02-29 2000-03-28 Immusol Inc. Hepatitis C virus ribozymes
US6056961A (en) 1996-12-15 2000-05-02 Lavie; David Plant extracts for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of hepatitis
WO2000024355A1 (en) 1998-10-23 2000-05-04 Smith & Nephew Kinetec Collapsible splint for passive mobilisation of lower limb
WO2000037110A2 (en) 1998-12-18 2000-06-29 Schering Corporation Ribavirin-pegylated interferon alfa induction hcv combination therapy
WO2001032153A2 (en) 1999-11-04 2001-05-10 Shire Biochem Inc. Method for the treatment or prevention of flaviviridae viral infection using nucleoside analogues
WO2001060315A2 (en) 2000-02-18 2001-08-23 Shire Biochem Inc. Method for the treatment or prevention of flavivirus infections using nucleoside analogues
WO2001079246A2 (en) 2000-04-13 2001-10-25 Pharmasset, Ltd. 3'-or 2'-hydroxymethyl substituted nucleoside derivatives for treatment of hepatitis virus infections
WO2001081359A1 (en) 2000-04-20 2001-11-01 Schering Corporation Ribavirin-interferon alfa combination therapy for eradicating detectable hcv-rna in patients having chronic hepatitis c infection
WO2001090121A2 (en) 2000-05-23 2001-11-29 Idenix (Cayman) Limited Methods and compositions for treating hepatitis c virus
WO2001092282A2 (en) 2000-05-26 2001-12-06 Idenix (Cayman) Limited Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses
WO2001096353A2 (en) 2000-06-15 2001-12-20 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 3'-PRODRUGS OF 2'-DEOXY-β-L-NUCLEOSIDES
WO2002008198A2 (en) 2000-07-21 2002-01-31 Schering Corporation Novel imidazolidinones as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
WO2002008251A2 (en) 2000-07-21 2002-01-31 Corvas International, Inc. Peptides as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
WO2002008256A2 (en) 2000-07-21 2002-01-31 Schering Corporation Peptides as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
WO2002008187A1 (en) 2000-07-21 2002-01-31 Schering Corporation Novel peptides as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
WO2002018404A2 (en) 2000-08-30 2002-03-07 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Nucleoside derivatives for the treatment of hepatitis c
WO2002032920A2 (en) 2000-10-18 2002-04-25 Pharmasset Limited Modified nucleosides for treatment of viral infections and abnormal cellular proliferation
WO2002032414A2 (en) 2000-10-18 2002-04-25 Schering Corporation Ribavirin-pegylated interferon alfa hcv combination therapy
WO2002048116A2 (en) 2000-12-13 2002-06-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
WO2002048172A2 (en) 2000-12-12 2002-06-20 Schering Corporation Diaryl peptides as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatits c virus
WO2002048165A2 (en) 2000-12-15 2002-06-20 Pharmasset Ltd. Antiviral agents for treatment of flaviviridae infections
WO2002048157A2 (en) 2000-12-13 2002-06-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Imidazolidinones and their related derivatives as hepatitis c virus ns3 protease inhibitors
US6410531B1 (en) 1998-08-10 2002-06-25 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
WO2002057425A2 (en) 2001-01-22 2002-07-25 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
WO2002060926A2 (en) 2000-11-20 2002-08-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c tripeptide inhibitors
WO2003024461A1 (en) 2001-09-20 2003-03-27 Schering Corporation Hcv combination therapy
WO2003105770A2 (en) 2002-06-17 2003-12-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Carbocyclic nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
WO2004002422A2 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-01-08 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 2’-c-methyl-3’-o-l-valine ester ribofuranosyl cytidine for treatment of flaviviridae infections
WO2004002999A2 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-01-08 Idenix (Cayman) Limited Modified 2' and 3' -nucleoside produgs for treating flaviridae infections
WO2004007512A2 (en) 2002-07-16 2004-01-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
WO2004009020A2 (en) 2002-07-24 2004-01-29 Merck & Co., Inc. Pyrrolopyrimidine thionucleoside analogs as antivirals

Family Cites Families (161)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US29835A (en) 1860-08-28 Surveyor s instrument
CA1316A (en) 1872-01-20 J.P. Cleveland Improvements in boilers for heating sap and other liquids
CA100197A (en) 1906-05-01 1906-07-24 Cecil Beckwith Apparatus for placing pneumatic tires on wheel rims
US3480613A (en) 1967-07-03 1969-11-25 Merck & Co Inc 2-c or 3-c-alkylribofuranosyl - 1-substituted compounds and the nucleosides thereof
US4526988A (en) 1983-03-10 1985-07-02 Eli Lilly And Company Difluoro antivirals and intermediate therefor
IL85778A0 (en) 1987-03-20 1988-09-30 Bristol Myers Co Production of 2',3'-dideoxynucleosides and certain such novel compounds
DE3825158C1 (en) 1988-07-07 1989-06-01 Franz Bisping Gmbh & Co, 4400 Muenster, De
SE8802687D0 (en) 1988-07-20 1988-07-20 Astra Ab NUCLEOSIDE DERIVATIVES
US5616702A (en) 1988-11-15 1997-04-01 Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc. 2-'-ethenylidene cytidine, uridine and guanosine derivatives
US5075225A (en) 1989-04-06 1991-12-24 The Texas A&M University System Process for the enzymatic synthesis of nucleosides
DE3924424A1 (en) 1989-07-24 1991-01-31 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh NUCLEOSIDE DERIVATIVES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF, THEIR USE AS A MEDICINAL PRODUCT AND THEIR USE IN THE SEQUENCING OF NUCLEIC ACID
AU7623991A (en) 1990-05-17 1991-11-21 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Antiviral agents
US5272152A (en) 1990-07-02 1993-12-21 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Purinyl and pyrimidinyl tetrahydrofurans
US5405598A (en) 1992-02-24 1995-04-11 Schinazi; Raymond F. Sensitizing agents for use in boron neutron capture therapy
KR100252451B1 (en) 1992-09-01 2000-04-15 피터 지. 스트링거 A process for anomerizing nucleosides
TW374087B (en) 1993-05-25 1999-11-11 Univ Yale L-2',3'-dideoxy nucleotide analogs as anti-hepatitis B(HBV) and anti-HIV agents
US7375198B2 (en) * 1993-10-26 2008-05-20 Affymetrix, Inc. Modified nucleic acid probes
US6156501A (en) 1993-10-26 2000-12-05 Affymetrix, Inc. Arrays of modified nucleic acid probes and methods of use
US5587362A (en) 1994-01-28 1996-12-24 Univ. Of Ga Research Foundation L-nucleosides
WO1995024185A1 (en) 1994-03-11 1995-09-14 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel pyrimidine nucleosides
AU710074B2 (en) 1994-06-22 1999-09-16 Proligo Llc Novel method of preparation of known and novel 2'-modified nucleosides by intramolecular nucleophilic displacement
US5559101A (en) 1994-10-24 1996-09-24 Genencor International, Inc. L-ribofuranosyl nucleosides
US6391859B1 (en) 1995-01-27 2002-05-21 Emory University [5-Carboxamido or 5-fluoro]-[2′,3′-unsaturated or 3′-modified]-pyrimidine nucleosides
US5703058A (en) 1995-01-27 1997-12-30 Emory University Compositions containing 5-fluoro-2',3'-didehydro-2',3'-dideoxycytidine or a mono-, di-, or triphosphate thereof and a second antiviral agent
GB9505025D0 (en) 1995-03-13 1995-05-03 Medical Res Council Chemical compounds
DE19514523A1 (en) 1995-04-12 1996-10-17 Schering Ag New cytosine and cytidine derivatives
ZA969220B (en) 1995-11-02 1997-06-02 Chong Kun Dang Corp Nucleoside derivatives and process for preparing the same
US5767097A (en) 1996-01-23 1998-06-16 Icn Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Specific modulation of Th1/Th2 cytokine expression by ribavirin in activated T-lymphocytes
GB9602028D0 (en) 1996-02-01 1996-04-03 Amersham Int Plc Nucleoside analogues
US6049333A (en) * 1996-09-03 2000-04-11 Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. System and method for providing an event database in a telecasting system
KR100560182B1 (en) 1996-10-09 2006-03-13 파마셋 인코포레이티드 Bisphosphonate compounds
US6455690B1 (en) 1996-10-16 2002-09-24 Robert Tam L-8-oxo-7-propyl-7,8-dihydro-(9H)-guanosine
US6509320B1 (en) 1996-10-16 2003-01-21 Icn Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Purine L-nucleosides, analogs and uses thereof
KR100386140B1 (en) 1996-10-16 2003-06-02 아이씨엔 파마슈티컬스, 인코포레이티드 Purine l-nucleosides, analogs and uses thereof
UA63915C2 (en) 1996-10-16 2004-02-16 Ай-Сі-Ен Фармасьютикалз, Інк. Monocyclic l-nucleosides, analogues and use thereof
US20020127371A1 (en) * 2001-03-06 2002-09-12 Weder Donald E. Decorative elements provided with a circular or crimped configuration at point of sale or point of use
ES2236962T3 (en) 1997-10-30 2005-07-16 The Government Of The Usa, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services URIDINA ANTITUMOR ANALOGS.
US6703374B1 (en) 1997-10-30 2004-03-09 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Nucleosides for imaging and treatment applications
US6787305B1 (en) 1998-03-13 2004-09-07 Invitrogen Corporation Compositions and methods for enhanced synthesis of nucleic acid molecules
CN1245808A (en) 1998-08-21 2000-03-01 同济医科大学附属同济医院 Compound resisting hepatitis virus and its preparation method and its application in pharmaceutical technology
KR100789162B1 (en) * 1999-11-12 2007-12-28 파마셋 인코포레이티드 Synthesis of 2'-deoxy-L-nucleosides
US6495677B1 (en) 2000-02-15 2002-12-17 Kanda S. Ramasamy Nucleoside compounds
KR100854398B1 (en) 2000-05-26 2008-08-26 이데닉스 (케이만) 리미티드 Methods for treating hepatitis delta virus infection with beta-?-2'-deoxy-nucleosides
US6787526B1 (en) 2000-05-26 2004-09-07 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating hepatitis delta virus infection with β-L-2′-deoxy-nucleosides
FR2810322B1 (en) * 2000-06-14 2006-11-10 Pasteur Institut COMBINATORY PRODUCTION OF NUCLEOTIDE AND NUCLEOTIDE ANALOGUES (XiTP)
US6815542B2 (en) 2000-06-16 2004-11-09 Ribapharm, Inc. Nucleoside compounds and uses thereof
UA72612C2 (en) 2000-07-06 2005-03-15 Pyrido[2.3-d]pyrimidine and pyrimido[4.5-d]pyrimidine nucleoside analogues, prodrugs and method for inhibiting growth of neoplastic cells
US6897201B2 (en) 2000-08-21 2005-05-24 Inspire Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of glaucoma or ocular hypertension
US7018985B1 (en) 2000-08-21 2006-03-28 Inspire Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Composition and method for inhibiting platelet aggregation
AR039558A1 (en) * 2000-08-21 2005-02-23 Inspire Pharmaceuticals Inc COMPOSITIONS AND METHOD FOR THE TREATMENT OF GLAUCOMA OR OCULAR HYPERTENSION
SV2003000617A (en) 2000-08-31 2003-01-13 Lilly Co Eli INHIBITORS OF PROTEASA PEPTIDOMIMETICA REF. X-14912M
CA2426196A1 (en) 2000-10-18 2002-04-25 Lieven Stuyver Simultaneous quantification of nucleic acids in diseased cells
US6555677B2 (en) 2000-10-31 2003-04-29 Merck & Co., Inc. Phase transfer catalyzed glycosidation of an indolocarbazole
DE20019797U1 (en) 2000-11-21 2001-04-05 MALA Verschlußsysteme GmbH, 36448 Schweina Sealing cap
US6750396B2 (en) 2000-12-15 2004-06-15 Di/Dt, Inc. I-channel surface-mount connector
RU2003121401A (en) 2000-12-15 2005-02-10 Гайлид Сайэнсиз, Инк (Us) COMBINATOR THERAPY OF DAPD AND INOSINMONOPHOSPHATHYDROGENASE INHIBITORS SUCH AS RIBAVIRIN OR MYCOPHENOL ACID
US7105499B2 (en) * 2001-01-22 2006-09-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of RNA-dependent RNA viral polymerase
MXPA03007853A (en) 2001-03-01 2004-05-24 Pharmasset Ltd Method for the synthesis of 2 ,3 -dideoxy-2 ,3 -didehydronucleosides.
GB0112617D0 (en) 2001-05-23 2001-07-18 Hoffmann La Roche Antiviral nucleoside derivatives
GB0114286D0 (en) 2001-06-12 2001-08-01 Hoffmann La Roche Nucleoside Derivatives
CN100343268C (en) 2001-06-22 2007-10-17 法玛塞特有限公司 Beta -2'-or 3'-halonucleosides
US6962991B2 (en) * 2001-09-12 2005-11-08 Epoch Biosciences, Inc. Process for the synthesis of pyrazolopyrimidines
US7227019B2 (en) 2001-09-13 2007-06-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for the preparation of rebeccamycin and analogs thereof
JP2005504087A (en) * 2001-09-28 2005-02-10 イデニクス（ケイマン）リミテツド Methods and compositions for the treatment of hepatitis C virus using 4 'modified nucleosides
GB0129945D0 (en) 2001-12-13 2002-02-06 Mrc Technology Ltd Chemical compounds
AU2002365234B2 (en) 2001-12-14 2009-01-29 Pharmasset Inc N4-acylcytosine nucleosides for treatment of viral infections
AU2002353165A1 (en) 2001-12-17 2003-06-30 Ribapharm Inc. Deazapurine nucleoside libraries and compounds
JP4651942B2 (en) 2001-12-20 2011-03-16 フアーマセツト・インコーポレイテッド Treatment of EBV and KHSV infection and associated abnormal cell proliferation
AU2002364216A1 (en) 2001-12-21 2003-07-15 Micrologix Biotech Inc. Anti-viral 7-deaza l-nucleosides
WO2003062256A1 (en) 2002-01-17 2003-07-31 Ribapharm Inc. 2'-beta-modified-6-substituted adenosine analogs and their use as antiviral agents
CA2474563C (en) 2002-02-13 2010-11-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Methods of inhibiting orthopoxvirus replication with nucleoside compounds
AU2003213628A1 (en) * 2002-02-28 2003-09-16 Biota, Inc. Nucleoside 5'-monophosphate mimics and their prodrugs
RU2004128943A (en) * 2002-02-28 2005-04-20 Байота, Инк. (Us) MEDICINES SIMULATING NUCLEOTIDES AND THEIR MEDICINAL FORMS
US20040014108A1 (en) * 2002-05-24 2004-01-22 Eldrup Anne B. Oligonucleotides having modified nucleoside units
WO2003106477A1 (en) 2002-06-01 2003-12-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds that include carbocyclic nucleosides and their use in gene modulation
AU2003269890A1 (en) 2002-06-21 2004-01-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
EP1572945A2 (en) 2002-06-27 2005-09-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
JP5087211B2 (en) 2002-06-28 2012-12-05 イデニクス（ケイマン）リミテツド 2 'and 3'-nucleoside prodrugs for the treatment of flavivirus infection
US7608600B2 (en) 2002-06-28 2009-10-27 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modified 2′ and 3′-nucleoside prodrugs for treating Flaviviridae infections
CN101172992A (en) 2002-06-28 2008-05-07 埃迪尼克斯(开曼)有限公司 Modified 2' and 3'-nucleoside prodrugs for treating flaviviridae infections
WO2004004716A1 (en) * 2002-07-08 2004-01-15 Chemgenex Pharmaceuticals Limited Naphthalimide synthesis including amonafide synthesis and pharmaceutical preparations thereof
AU2003261237A1 (en) 2002-07-24 2004-02-09 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Use of nucleoside compounds for nonsense suppression and the treatment of genetic diseases
EP1527082A2 (en) * 2002-07-25 2005-05-04 Micrologix Biotech, Inc. Anti-viral 7-deaza d-nucleosides and uses thereof
EP1545545A4 (en) 2002-08-01 2008-09-03 Pharmasset Inc COMPOUNDS WITH THE BICYCLO 4.2.1 NONANE SYSTEM FOR THE TREATMENT OF i FLAVIVIRIDAE /i INFECTIONS
US20040067877A1 (en) 2002-08-01 2004-04-08 Schinazi Raymond F. 2', 3'-Dideoxynucleoside analogues for the treatment or prevention of Flaviviridae infections
KR101108115B1 (en) 2002-08-06 2012-01-31 파마셋 인코포레이티드 Processes for preparing 1,3-dioxolane nucleosides
HUE027522T2 (en) * 2002-09-13 2016-11-28 Novartis Ag Beta-l-2'-deoxynucleosides for use in the treatment of resistant hbv strains
WO2004046331A2 (en) * 2002-11-15 2004-06-03 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 2’-branched nucleosides and flaviviridae mutation
AU2003225705A1 (en) 2003-03-07 2004-09-30 Ribapharm Inc. Cytidine analogs and methods of use
WO2004084453A2 (en) 2003-03-20 2004-09-30 Microbiologica Quimica E Farmaceutica Ltd. METHODS OF MANUFACTURE OF 2'-DEOXY-β-L-NUCLEOSIDES
US7470724B2 (en) * 2003-04-25 2008-12-30 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Phosphonate compounds having immuno-modulatory activity
US7452901B2 (en) * 2003-04-25 2008-11-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Anti-cancer phosphonate analogs
BRPI0409680A (en) 2003-04-25 2006-04-18 Gilead Sciences Inc anti-cancer phosphonate analogs
WO2005002626A2 (en) 2003-04-25 2005-01-13 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Therapeutic phosphonate compounds
MXPA05011296A (en) 2003-04-25 2006-01-24 Gilead Sciences Inc Kinase inhibitor phosphonate conjugates.
US7407965B2 (en) 2003-04-25 2008-08-05 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Phosphonate analogs for treating metabolic diseases
DK1628685T3 (en) 2003-04-25 2011-03-21 Gilead Sciences Inc Antiviral phosphonate analogues
US20050261237A1 (en) 2003-04-25 2005-11-24 Boojamra Constantine G Nucleoside phosphonate analogs
US7168002B2 (en) 2003-04-25 2007-01-23 International Business Machines Corporation Preservation of error data on a diskless platform
US20040259934A1 (en) 2003-05-01 2004-12-23 Olsen David B. Inhibiting Coronaviridae viral replication and treating Coronaviridae viral infection with nucleoside compounds
US20040229839A1 (en) 2003-05-14 2004-11-18 Biocryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, preparation thereof and use as inhibitors of RNA viral polymerases
EP1656093A2 (en) 2003-05-14 2006-05-17 Idenix (Cayman) Limited Nucleosides for treatment of infection by corona viruses, toga viruses and picorna viruses
WO2004106356A1 (en) 2003-05-27 2004-12-09 Syddansk Universitet Functionalized nucleotide derivatives
CN100503628C (en) * 2003-05-30 2009-06-24 法莫赛特股份有限公司 Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
EP1644479A4 (en) 2003-06-16 2008-04-23 Mark W Grinstaff Functional synthetic molecules and macromolecules for gene delivery
DE10331239A1 (en) 2003-07-10 2005-02-03 Robert Bosch Gmbh Monitoring electronics for an electric motor and method for monitoring an electric motor
US7073213B2 (en) 2003-07-18 2006-07-11 Carlos Duarte Upright hinge for spa cover
GB0317009D0 (en) 2003-07-21 2003-08-27 Univ Cardiff Chemical compounds
DE602004028841D1 (en) * 2003-07-25 2010-10-07 Centre Nat Rech Scient PURIN NUCLEOSIDE FOR THE TREATMENT OF FLAVIVIDRAIC DISEASES, INCLUDING HEPATITIS C
ES2355565T3 (en) 2003-08-27 2011-03-29 Biota Scientific Management Pty. Ltd. NEW NUCLEOSIDS OR NUCLEOTID TRICYCLES AS THERAPEUTIC AGENTS.
US20050148534A1 (en) * 2003-09-22 2005-07-07 Castellino Angelo J. Small molecule compositions and methods for increasing drug efficiency using compositions thereof
CN1913778A (en) 2004-01-28 2007-02-14 默克公司 Aminocyclopentyl pyridopyrazinone modulators of chemokine receptor activity
WO2005087788A2 (en) 2004-03-04 2005-09-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods for preparation of nucleoside phosphonate esters
WO2006000922A2 (en) 2004-06-23 2006-01-05 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 5-aza-7-deazapurine derivatives for treating infections with flaviviridae
AU2005267051B2 (en) 2004-07-21 2011-07-14 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Preparation of alkyl-substituted 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-D-ribofuranosyl pyrimidines and purines and their derivatives
BRPI0512104A8 (en) 2004-07-21 2018-04-24 Gilead Pharmasset Llc preparation of alkyl-substituted 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-d-ribofuranosyl pyrimidines and their derivatives
CN101023094B (en) 2004-07-21 2011-05-18 法莫赛特股份有限公司 Preparation of alkyl-substituted 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-d-ribofuranosyl pyrimidines and purines and their derivatives
WO2006029081A2 (en) 2004-09-02 2006-03-16 Neopharm, Inc. Nucleoside-lipid conjugates, their method of preparation and uses thereof
SG192409A1 (en) 2004-09-14 2013-08-30 Gilead Pharmasset Llc 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-2-c-methyl-ribono lactones, and preparation thereof and 1,3-dioxolanes
RU2007115419A (en) 2004-09-24 2008-10-27 Айденикс (Кайман) Лимитед (Ky) METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR TREATMENT OF FLAVIVIRUSES, PESTIVIRUSES AND HEPACIVIRUS
CA2584367A1 (en) 2004-10-21 2006-06-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Fluorinated pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine nucleosides for the treatment of rna-dependent rna viral infection
GB0427123D0 (en) 2004-12-11 2005-01-12 Apv Systems Ltd Food item coating apparatus and method
CN1827362B (en) 2005-03-03 2012-01-25 优泊公司 Tag for forming in mold and formed product using same
US20070004299A1 (en) 2005-06-17 2007-01-04 Toray Plastics (America), Inc. Lumirror Division Barrier film with enhanced adhesive properties
DE102005030372A1 (en) 2005-06-29 2007-01-04 Infineon Technologies Ag Apparatus and method for controlling the threshold voltage of a transistor, in particular a transistor of a sense amplifier of a semiconductor memory device
US7573967B2 (en) 2005-07-01 2009-08-11 Slt Logic Llc Input threshold adjustment in a synchronous data sampling circuit
US7693225B2 (en) 2005-07-21 2010-04-06 Realtek Semiconductor Corp. Inter-symbol and inter-carrier interference canceller for multi-carrier modulation receivers
PT1937825T (en) 2005-09-26 2017-03-08 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Modified 4'-nucleosides as antiviral agents
WO2007065829A1 (en) 2005-12-09 2007-06-14 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Antiviral nucleosides
DE102005061285A1 (en) 2005-12-20 2007-06-21 Lemförder Electronic GmbH Selection device for shifting vehicle gearbox, has control unit rotatable about rotational axis, and actuator delivering turning moment to shaft, where shaft extends between rotation angle detecting device and control unit along axis
US8895531B2 (en) 2006-03-23 2014-11-25 Rfs Pharma Llc 2′-fluoronucleoside phosphonates as antiviral agents
JP5252459B2 (en) 2006-10-10 2013-07-31 ギリアド ファーマセット エルエルシー Preparation of ribofuranosylpyrimidine nucleosides
US7964580B2 (en) 2007-03-30 2011-06-21 Pharmasset, Inc. Nucleoside phosphoramidate prodrugs
US8286696B2 (en) 2007-06-22 2012-10-16 The Boeing Company Mechanically actuated thermal switch
CN201113124Y (en) 2007-07-10 2008-09-10 富士康(昆山)电脑接插件有限公司 Battery connector
US20090318380A1 (en) 2007-11-20 2009-12-24 Pharmasset, Inc. 2',4'-substituted nucleosides as antiviral agents
US20090176732A1 (en) 2007-12-21 2009-07-09 Alios Biopharma Inc. Protected nucleotide analogs
US8173621B2 (en) 2008-06-11 2012-05-08 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside cyclicphosphates
KR20110098849A (en) 2008-12-23 2011-09-01 파마셋 인코포레이티드 Nucleoside analogs
KR20110099138A (en) 2008-12-23 2011-09-06 파마셋 인코포레이티드 Nucleoside phosphoramidates
SG172363A1 (en) 2008-12-23 2011-07-28 Pharmasset Inc Synthesis of purine nucleosides
AR075584A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2011-04-20 Intermune Inc THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITIONS THAT INCLUDE beta-D-2'-DESOXI-2'-FLUORO-2'-C-METHYLYCTIDINE AND A CARDIEX ISOINDOL ACID DERIVATIVE AND ITS USES. COMPOUND.
NZ619205A (en) 2009-05-13 2015-04-24 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Antiviral compounds
TWI583692B (en) 2009-05-20 2017-05-21 基利法瑪席特有限責任公司 Nucleoside phosphoramidates
US8618076B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2013-12-31 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Nucleoside phosphoramidates
UA122959C2 (en) 2010-03-31 2021-01-27 Гайлід Фармассет Елелсі NUCLEOSIDE PHOSPHORAMIDATES
SG10201509456SA (en) 2010-11-17 2015-12-30 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Antiviral compounds
ES2716158T3 (en) 2010-11-30 2019-06-10 Gilead Pharmasset Llc 2'-spiro-nucleotides for the treatment of hepatitis C
US8788437B2 (en) 2011-07-28 2014-07-22 Quova, Inc. System and method for implementing a learning model for predicting the geographic location of an internet protocol address
TR201802537T4 (en) 2011-09-16 2018-03-21 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Methods for treating HCV.
AU2012318253B8 (en) 2011-11-16 2015-08-13 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral compounds
US8889159B2 (en) 2011-11-29 2014-11-18 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Compositions and methods for treating hepatitis C virus
US20130309196A1 (en) 2012-05-16 2013-11-21 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral compounds
US9056860B2 (en) 2012-06-05 2015-06-16 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Synthesis of antiviral compound
US8969588B2 (en) 2012-06-05 2015-03-03 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Solid forms of an antiviral compound
US8841340B2 (en) 2012-08-17 2014-09-23 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Solid forms of an antiviral compound
AR094466A1 (en) 2013-01-14 2015-08-05 Hoffmann La Roche PROCESS FOR OBTAINING A FLUORLACTONE DERIVATIVE
ES2792503T3 (en) 2013-08-27 2020-11-11 Gilead Pharmasset Llc Combined formulation of two antiviral compounds
TW201609785A (en) 2013-12-23 2016-03-16 吉李德製藥公司 Solid forms of an antiviral compound
TWI721947B (en) 2014-06-11 2021-03-21 美商基利法瑪席特有限責任公司 Solid forms of an antiviral compound
TW202014413A (en) 2014-06-11 2020-04-16 美商基利法瑪席特有限責任公司 Processes for preparing antiviral compounds

Patent Citations (106)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
USRE29835E (en) 1971-06-01 1978-11-14 Icn Pharmaceuticals 1,2,4-Triazole nucleosides
US3798209A (en) 1971-06-01 1974-03-19 Icn Pharmaceuticals 1,2,4-triazole nucleosides
DE3512781A1 (en) 1984-04-10 1985-10-17 Société Nationale Elf Aquitaine, Courbevoie CYCLIC PHOSPHONITES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND THEIR USE
EP0180276A1 (en) 1984-10-24 1986-05-07 Stamicarbon B.V. Dioxaphosphorinanes, their preparation and use for resolving optically active compounds
US4957924A (en) 1987-08-15 1990-09-18 Burroughs Wellcome Co. Therapeutic valine esters of acyclovir and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof
WO1989002733A1 (en) 1987-09-22 1989-04-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Liposomal nucleoside analogues for treating aids
EP0350287A2 (en) 1988-07-07 1990-01-10 NeXstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Lipid derivatives of antiviral nucleosides, liposomal incorporation and method of use
WO1990000555A1 (en) 1988-07-07 1990-01-25 Vical, Inc. Lipid derivatives of antiviral nucleosides, liposomal incorporation and method of use
US5223263A (en) 1988-07-07 1993-06-29 Vical, Inc. Liponucleotide-containing liposomes
US5738845A (en) 1989-03-02 1998-04-14 The Women's Research Institute Human interferon τ proteins and methods of use
US5942223A (en) 1989-03-02 1999-08-24 University Of Florida Antiviral therapy using ovine or bovine interferon-tau
US5411947A (en) 1989-06-28 1995-05-02 Vestar, Inc. Method of converting a drug to an orally available form by covalently bonding a lipid to the drug
US5194654A (en) 1989-11-22 1993-03-16 Vical, Inc. Lipid derivatives of phosphonoacids for liposomal incorporation and method of use
US5463092A (en) 1989-11-22 1995-10-31 Vestar, Inc. Lipid derivatives of phosphonacids for liposomal incorporation and method of use
US5026687A (en) 1990-01-03 1991-06-25 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Treatment of human retroviral infections with 2',3'-dideoxyinosine alone and in combination with other antiviral compounds
US5538865A (en) 1990-04-06 1996-07-23 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. Hepatitis C virus epitopes
WO1991016920A1 (en) 1990-05-07 1991-11-14 Vical, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of salicylate and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
WO1991018914A1 (en) 1990-05-29 1991-12-12 Vical, Inc. Synthesis of glycerol di- and triphosphate derivatives
WO1991019721A1 (en) 1990-06-13 1991-12-26 Arnold Glazier Phosphorous produgs
US5372808A (en) 1990-10-17 1994-12-13 Amgen Inc. Methods and compositions for the treatment of diseases with consensus interferon while reducing side effect
US5149794A (en) 1990-11-01 1992-09-22 State Of Oregon Covalent lipid-drug conjugates for drug targeting
US5256641A (en) 1990-11-01 1993-10-26 State Of Oregon Covalent polar lipid-peptide conjugates for immunological targeting
US5543389A (en) 1990-11-01 1996-08-06 State Of Oregon, Acting By And Through The Oregon State Board Of Higher Education On Behalf Of The Oregon Health Sciences University, A Non Profit Organization Covalent polar lipid-peptide conjugates for use in salves
US5543391A (en) 1990-11-01 1996-08-06 State Of Oregon, Acting By And Through The Oregon State Board Of Higher Education, Acting For And On Behalf Of The Oregon Health Sciences University Covalent microparticle-drug conjugates for biological targeting
US5543390A (en) 1990-11-01 1996-08-06 State Of Oregon, Acting By And Through The Oregon State Board Of Higher Education, Acting For And On Behalf Of The Oregon Health Sciences University Covalent microparticle-drug conjugates for biological targeting
US5834594A (en) 1991-03-25 1998-11-10 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Polyethylene-protein conjugates
US5792834A (en) 1991-03-25 1998-08-11 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Polyethylene-protein conjugates
US5747646A (en) 1991-03-25 1998-05-05 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Polyethylene-protein conjugates
US5157027A (en) 1991-05-13 1992-10-20 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Bisphosphonate squalene synthetase inhibitors and method
WO1993000910A1 (en) 1991-07-12 1993-01-21 Vical, Inc. Antiviral liponucleosides: treatment of hepatitis b
US5554728A (en) 1991-07-23 1996-09-10 Nexstar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Lipid conjugates of therapeutic peptides and protease inhibitors
US5849696A (en) 1991-09-13 1998-12-15 The Board Of Governors Of Wayne State University Composition and method of treating hepatitis C
US5676942A (en) 1992-02-10 1997-10-14 Interferon Sciences, Inc. Composition containing human alpha interferon species proteins and method for use thereof
US5869253A (en) 1992-05-14 1999-02-09 Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method and reagent for inhibiting hepatitis C virus replication
US5610054A (en) 1992-05-14 1997-03-11 Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Enzymatic RNA molecule targeted against Hepatitis C virus
US5830455A (en) 1992-12-22 1998-11-03 Glaxo Wellcome Inc. Method of treatment using a therapeutic combination of α interferon and free radical scavengers
US5496546A (en) 1993-02-24 1996-03-05 Jui H. Wang Compositions and methods of application of reactive antiviral polyadenylic acid derivatives
WO1994026273A1 (en) 1993-05-12 1994-11-24 Hostetler Karl Y Acyclovir derivatives for topical use
US5846964A (en) 1993-07-19 1998-12-08 Tokyo Tanabe Company Limited Hepatitis C virus proliferation inhibitor
WO1995013090A1 (en) 1993-11-10 1995-05-18 Enzon, Inc. Improved interferon polymer conjugates
US5711944A (en) 1993-11-10 1998-01-27 Enzon, Inc. Interferon polymer conjugates
US5725859A (en) 1994-05-03 1998-03-10 Omer; Osama L.M. Plant-based therapeutic agent with virustatic and antiviral effect
US5633358A (en) 1994-09-14 1997-05-27 Huels Aktiengesellschaft Process for bleaching aqueous surfactant solutions
US5738846A (en) 1994-11-10 1998-04-14 Enzon, Inc. Interferon polymer conjugates and process for preparing the same
WO1996015132A1 (en) 1994-11-15 1996-05-23 The Regents Of The University Of California Improved antiviral prodrugs
JPH08268890A (en) 1995-03-31 1996-10-15 Eisai Co Ltd Prophylactic and remedy for hepatitis c
WO1997012033A1 (en) 1995-09-27 1997-04-03 Emory University Recombinant hepatitis c virus rna replicase
US5908621A (en) 1995-11-02 1999-06-01 Schering Corporation Polyethylene glycol modified interferon therapy
US5980884A (en) 1996-02-05 1999-11-09 Amgen, Inc. Methods for retreatment of patients afflicted with Hepatitis C using consensus interferon
US6043077A (en) 1996-02-29 2000-03-28 Immusol Inc. Hepatitis C virus ribozymes
US5830905A (en) 1996-03-29 1998-11-03 Viropharma Incorporated Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C
US5633388A (en) 1996-03-29 1997-05-27 Viropharma Incorporated Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C
WO1997036554A1 (en) 1996-03-29 1997-10-09 Viropharma Incorporated Piperidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and their use in the treatment of hepatitis c
US5990276A (en) 1996-05-10 1999-11-23 Schering Corporation Synthetic inhibitors of hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
US5928636A (en) 1996-05-13 1999-07-27 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Use of IL-12 and IFNα for the treatment of infectious diseases
US5891874A (en) 1996-06-05 1999-04-06 Eli Lilly And Company Anti-viral compound
US5837257A (en) 1996-07-09 1998-11-17 Sage R&D Use of plant extracts for treatment of HIV, HCV and HBV infections
JPH10101591A (en) 1996-09-27 1998-04-21 Eisai Co Ltd Preventing and therapeutic agent for viral infectious disease
US5922757A (en) 1996-09-30 1999-07-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Treatment and prevention of hepatic disorders
WO1998017679A1 (en) 1996-10-18 1998-04-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
WO1998022496A2 (en) 1996-11-18 1998-05-28 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Antiviral peptide derivatives
US6056961A (en) 1996-12-15 2000-05-02 Lavie; David Plant extracts for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of hepatitis
US6004933A (en) 1997-04-25 1999-12-21 Cortech Inc. Cysteine protease inhibitors
US6034134A (en) 1997-06-30 2000-03-07 Merz + Co. Gmbh & Co. 1-Amino-alkylcyclohexane NMDA receptor antagonists
WO1999007734A2 (en) 1997-08-11 1999-02-18 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogues
WO1999015194A1 (en) 1997-09-21 1999-04-01 Schering Corporation Combination therapy for eradicating detectable hcv-rna in patients having chronic hepatitis c infection
WO1999032139A1 (en) 1997-12-19 1999-07-01 Shering Corporation Improved interferon polymer conjugates
WO1999032140A1 (en) 1997-12-19 1999-07-01 Enzon, Inc. Alpha-interferon-polymer-conjugates having enhanced biological activity and methods of preparing the same
WO1999043691A1 (en) 1998-02-25 1999-09-02 Emory University 2'-fluoronucleosides
US6348587B1 (en) 1998-02-25 2002-02-19 Emory University 2′-Fluoronucleosides
DE19914474A1 (en) 1998-03-30 1999-10-07 Hoffmann La Roche New peptide aldehyde and boronic acid derivatives are proteinase inhibitors useful for treatment of viral infections, especially hepatitis
WO1999059621A1 (en) 1998-05-15 1999-11-25 Schering Corporation Combination therapy comprising ribavirin and interferon alpha in antiviral treatment naive patients having g chronic hepatitis c infection
WO1999064016A1 (en) 1998-06-08 1999-12-16 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Use of peg-ifn-alpha and ribavirin for the treatment of chronic hepatitis c
WO2000009531A2 (en) 1998-08-10 2000-02-24 Novirio Pharmaceuticals Limited β-L-2'-DEOXY-NUCLEOSIDES FOR THE TREATMENT OF HEPATITIS B
US6534523B1 (en) 1998-08-10 2003-03-18 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
US6420380B2 (en) 1998-08-10 2002-07-16 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
US6410531B1 (en) 1998-08-10 2002-06-25 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
WO2000024355A1 (en) 1998-10-23 2000-05-04 Smith & Nephew Kinetec Collapsible splint for passive mobilisation of lower limb
WO2000037110A2 (en) 1998-12-18 2000-06-29 Schering Corporation Ribavirin-pegylated interferon alfa induction hcv combination therapy
WO2001032153A2 (en) 1999-11-04 2001-05-10 Shire Biochem Inc. Method for the treatment or prevention of flaviviridae viral infection using nucleoside analogues
WO2001060315A2 (en) 2000-02-18 2001-08-23 Shire Biochem Inc. Method for the treatment or prevention of flavivirus infections using nucleoside analogues
WO2001079246A2 (en) 2000-04-13 2001-10-25 Pharmasset, Ltd. 3'-or 2'-hydroxymethyl substituted nucleoside derivatives for treatment of hepatitis virus infections
WO2001081359A1 (en) 2000-04-20 2001-11-01 Schering Corporation Ribavirin-interferon alfa combination therapy for eradicating detectable hcv-rna in patients having chronic hepatitis c infection
WO2001090121A2 (en) 2000-05-23 2001-11-29 Idenix (Cayman) Limited Methods and compositions for treating hepatitis c virus
WO2001092282A2 (en) 2000-05-26 2001-12-06 Idenix (Cayman) Limited Methods and compositions for treating flaviviruses and pestiviruses
WO2001096353A2 (en) 2000-06-15 2001-12-20 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 3'-PRODRUGS OF 2'-DEOXY-β-L-NUCLEOSIDES
WO2002008187A1 (en) 2000-07-21 2002-01-31 Schering Corporation Novel peptides as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
WO2002008256A2 (en) 2000-07-21 2002-01-31 Schering Corporation Peptides as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
WO2002008251A2 (en) 2000-07-21 2002-01-31 Corvas International, Inc. Peptides as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
WO2002008198A2 (en) 2000-07-21 2002-01-31 Schering Corporation Novel imidazolidinones as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
WO2002018404A2 (en) 2000-08-30 2002-03-07 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Nucleoside derivatives for the treatment of hepatitis c
WO2002032920A2 (en) 2000-10-18 2002-04-25 Pharmasset Limited Modified nucleosides for treatment of viral infections and abnormal cellular proliferation
WO2002032414A2 (en) 2000-10-18 2002-04-25 Schering Corporation Ribavirin-pegylated interferon alfa hcv combination therapy
WO2002060926A2 (en) 2000-11-20 2002-08-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c tripeptide inhibitors
WO2002048172A2 (en) 2000-12-12 2002-06-20 Schering Corporation Diaryl peptides as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatits c virus
WO2002048157A2 (en) 2000-12-13 2002-06-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Imidazolidinones and their related derivatives as hepatitis c virus ns3 protease inhibitors
WO2002048116A2 (en) 2000-12-13 2002-06-20 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
WO2002048165A2 (en) 2000-12-15 2002-06-20 Pharmasset Ltd. Antiviral agents for treatment of flaviviridae infections
WO2002057425A2 (en) 2001-01-22 2002-07-25 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
WO2002057287A2 (en) 2001-01-22 2002-07-25 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
WO2003024461A1 (en) 2001-09-20 2003-03-27 Schering Corporation Hcv combination therapy
WO2003105770A2 (en) 2002-06-17 2003-12-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Carbocyclic nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
WO2004002422A2 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-01-08 Idenix (Cayman) Limited 2’-c-methyl-3’-o-l-valine ester ribofuranosyl cytidine for treatment of flaviviridae infections
WO2004002999A2 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-01-08 Idenix (Cayman) Limited Modified 2' and 3' -nucleoside produgs for treating flaviridae infections
WO2004007512A2 (en) 2002-07-16 2004-01-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Nucleoside derivatives as inhibitors of rna-dependent rna viral polymerase
WO2004009020A2 (en) 2002-07-24 2004-01-29 Merck & Co., Inc. Pyrrolopyrimidine thionucleoside analogs as antivirals

Non-Patent Citations (91)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"RNeasy 96 handbook", February 1999, pages: 22 - 23
"The Merck Index, 11th edition,", 1989, MERCK & CO., INC., pages: 1304
ALT M. ET AL., ARCHIVES OF VIROLOGY, vol. 142, 1997, pages 589 - 599
ALT M. ET AL., HEPATOLOGY, vol. 22, 1995, pages 707 - 717
ATTWOOD ET AL., ANTIVIRAL CHEMISTRY AND CHEMOTHERAPY, vol. 10, 1999, pages 259 - 273
BARTENSCHLAGER ET AL., J. VIROL, vol. 67, 1993, pages 3835 - 3844
BARTENSCHLAGER ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 68, 1994, pages 5045 - 5055
BATTAGLIA, A.M. ET AL., ANN. PHARMACOTHER., vol. 34, 2000, pages 487 - 494
BAZAN; FLETTERICK, VIROLOGY, vol. 171, 1989, pages 637 - 639
BEHRENS ET AL., EMBO, vol. 15, 1996, pages 12 - 22
BERENGUER, M. ET AL., ANTIVIR. THER., vol. 3, no. 3, 1998, pages 125 - 136
BHAT ET AL.: "Oral Session V, Hepatitis C Virus, Flaviviridae", 16TH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ANTIVIRAL RESEARCH, 27 April 2003 (2003-04-27), pages A75
BYMOCK ET AL., ANTIVIRAL CHEMISTRY & CHEMOTHERAPY, vol. 11, no. 2, 2000, pages 79 - 95
CALISHER ET AL., J. GEN. VIROL, vol. 70, 1993, pages 37 - 43
CHU M. ET AL., BIOORGANIC AND MEDICINAL CHEMISTIY LETTERS, vol. 9, pages 1949 - 1952
CHU M. ET AL., BIOORGANIC AND MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, vol. 9, pages 1949 - 1952
CHU M. ET AL., TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, vol. 3, no. 7, 1996, pages 7229 - 7232
CHUM. ET AL., TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, vol. 37, 1996, pages 7229 - 7232
DE FRANCESCO ET AL., ANTIVIRAL RESEARCH, vol. 58, 2003, pages 1 - 16
DELAMBERT ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 37, 1994, pages 498
ECKART ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMM., vol. 192, 1993, pages 399 - 406
EDMUNDSON ET AL., J. CHEM. RES. SYNOP., vol. 5, 1989, pages 122
ELDRUP ET AL.: "Oral Session V, Hepatitis C Virus, Flaviviridae", 16TH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ANTIVIRAL RESEARCH, 27 April 2003 (2003-04-27)
FAILLA ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 68, 1994, pages 3753 - 3760
FARQUHAR ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 26, 1983, pages 1153
FARQUHAR ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 28, 1985, pages 1358
FERRARI R. ET AL., JOURNAL OF VIROLOGY, vol. 73, 1999, pages 1649 - 1654
FIELDS, B. N., KNIPE, D. M., AND HOWLEY, P. M.: "Fields Virology", 1996, LIPPINCOTT-RAVEN PUBLISHERS, pages: 931 - 959
FREED ET AL., BIOCHEM. PHARMAC., vol. 38, 1989, pages 3193
GALDERISI U. ET AL., JOURNAL OF CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY, vol. 181, 1999, pages 251 - 257
GARY L. DAVIS., GASTROENTEROLOGY, vol. 118, 2000, pages 5104 - 51 14
GARY L. DAVIS., GASTROENTEROLOGY, vol. 18, 2000, pages S104 - S114
GORBALENYA ET AL., NATURE, vol. 333, 1988, pages 22
GORBALENYA ET AL., NUCLEIC ACID RES., vol. 17, 1989, pages 3889 - 3897
GRAKOUI ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 67, 1993, pages 2832 - 2843
GRAKOUI ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD SCI. USA, vol. 90, 1993, pages 10583 - 10587
HALSTEAD, S. B., REV. INFECT. DIS., vol. 6, 1984, pages 251 - 264
HALSTEAD, S. B., SCIENCE, vol. 239, 1988, pages 476 - 481
HIJIKATA ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 67, 1993, pages 4665 - 4675
HOSETLER, K.Y.; L.M. STUHMILLER; H.B. LENTING; H. VAN DEN BOSCH; D.D. RICHMAN: "Synthesis and antiretroviral activity of phospholipid analogs of azidothymidine and other antiviral nucleosides.", J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 265, 1990, pages 61127
HOSTELLER, K.Y.; D.D. RICHMAN; D.A. CARSON; L.M. STUHMILLER; G.M.T. VAN WIJK; H. VAN DEN BOSCH.: "Greatly enhanced inhibition of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 replication in CEM and HT4-6C cells by 3'-deoxythymidine diphosphate dimyristoylglycerol, a lipid prodrug of 3'-deoxythymidine.", ANTIMICROB. AGENTS CHEMOTHER., vol. 36, 1992, pages 2025 - 2029
HOSTELLER, K.Y.; D.D. RICHMAN; D.A. CARSON; L.M. STUHMILLER; G.M.T. VAN WIJK; H. VAN DEN BOSCH.: "Greatly enhanced inhibition of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 replication in CEM and HT4-6C cells by 3'-deoxythymine diphosphate dimyristoylglycerol, a lipid prodrug of 3,-deoxythymine.", ANTLNZICROB. AGENTS CHEMOTHER., vol. 36, 1992, pages 2025 - 2029
HUNSTON ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 27, 1984, pages 440 - 444
JIN; PETERSON, ARCH. BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS., vol. 323, 1995, pages 47 - 53
K. ISHI ET AL.: "Expression of Hepatitis C Virus NS5B Protein: Characterization of Its RNA Polymerase Activity and RNA Binding", HEPTOLOGY, vol. 29, 1999, pages 1227 - 1235, XP002931585, DOI: doi:10.1002/hep.510290448
KAKIUCHI N. ET AL., J. EBS LETTERS, vol. 421, pages 217 - 220
KHANINEI; TORRENCE, J. MED. CHEM., vol. 39, 1996, pages 4109 - 4115
KIM ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMM., vol. 215, 1995, pages 160 - 166
KOONIN, E.V.; DOLJA, V.V., CRIR. REV. BIOCHEM. MOLEC. BIOL., vol. 28, 1993, pages 375 - 430
KRONKE ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 78, 2004, pages 3436 - 3446
KRYUCHKOV ET AL., IZY. AKAD. NAUK SSSR, SER. KHIM., vol. 6, 1987, pages 1244
KUCERA, L.S.; N. IYER; E. LEAKE; A. RABEN; MODEST E.K., D.L.W.; C. PIANTADOSI.: "Novel membrane-interactive ether lipid analogs that inhibit infectious HIV-1 production and induce defective virus formation.", AIDS RES. HUM. RETRO VIRUSES., vol. 6, 1990, pages 491 - 501, XP008003515
KUCERA, L.S.; N. IYER; E. LEAKE; A. RABEN; MODEST E.K.; D.L.W.; C. PIANTADOSI.: "Novel membrane-interactive ether lipid analogs that inhibit infectious HIV-1 production and induce defective virus formation.", AIDS RES. HUM. RETRO VIRUSES, vol. 6, 1990, pages 491 - 501, XP008003515
LECHMANN ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 71, 1997, pages 8416 - 8428
LOHMANN V. ET AL., VIROLOGY, vol. 249, 1998, pages 108 - 118
MACCJAK, D. J. ET AL., HEPATOLOGY, vol. 30, 1999
MARCH, J.: "Advances in Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure Third edition,", 1985, WILEY INTERSCIENCE, pages: 14
MEIER ET AL., BIOORG. MED. CHEM. LETT., vol. 7, 1997, pages 99 - 104
MEIER ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 22, 1979, pages 811 - 815
MEYERS, G.; THIEL, H.J., ADVANCES IN VIRUS RESEARCH, vol. 47, 1996, pages 53 - 118
MITCHELL ET AL., J. CHEM. SOC. PERKIN TRANS., 1992, pages 12345
MOENNIG V. ET AL., ADV. VIR. RES., vol. 41, 1992, pages 53 - 98
MOENNIG, V. ET AL., ADV. VIR. RES., vol. 41, 1992, pages 53 - 98
MONATH, T. P., NEW ENG. J. MED, vol. 319, 1988, pages 641 - 643
NEIDLEIN ET AL., HETEROCYCLES, vol. 35, 1993, pages 1185
NIFANTYEV ET AL., PHOSPHORUS, SULFUR SILICON AND RELATED ELEMENTS, vol. 113, 1996, pages 1
OLSEN ET AL.: "Oral Session V, Hepatitis C Virus, Flaviviridae", 16TH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ANTIVIRAL RESEARCH, 27 April 2003 (2003-04-27), pages A76
PIANTADOSI, C.; J. MARASCO C.J.; S.L. MORRIS- NATSCHKE; K.L. MEYER; F. GUMUS; J.R. SURLES; K.S. ISHAQ; L.S. KUCERA; N. IYER; CA. W: "Synthesis and evaluation of novel ether lipid nucleoside conjugates for anti-HIV activity.", J. MED CHEM., vol. 34, 1991, pages 1408 - 1414, XP002005553, DOI: doi:10.1021/jm00108a025
PIANTADOSI, C.; J. MARASCO C.J.; S.L. MORRIS-NATSCHKE; K.L. MEYER; F. GUMUS; J.R. SURLES; K.S. ISHAQ; L.S. KUCERA; N. IYER; C.A. W: "Synthesis and evaluation of novel ether lipid nucleoside conjugates for anti-HIV activity.", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 34, 1991, pages 1408 - 1414, XP002005553, DOI: doi:10.1021/jm00108a025
QASIM M.A. ET AL., BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 36, 1997, pages 1598 - 1607
R. JONES; N. BISCHOFBERGER, ANTIVIRAL RESEARCH, vol. 27, 1995, pages 1 - 17
R. JONES; N. BISEHOFERGER, ANTIVIRAL RESEARCH, vol. 27, 1995, pages 1 - 17
SHILI ET AL., BULL. INST. CHEM. ACAD. SIN, vol. 41, 1994, pages 9
SOMMADOSSI J-P; CARLISLE R.: "Toxicity of 3'-azido-3'-deoxythymidine and 9-(l,3-dihydroxy-2-propoxymethyl)guanine for normal human hematopoietic progenitor cells in vitro", ANTIMICROBIAL AGENTS AND CHEMOTHERAPY, vol. 31, 1987, pages 452 - 454
SOMMADOSSI J-P; SCHINAZI RF; CHU CK; XIE M-Y: "Comparison of cytotoxicity of the (-)- and (+)-enantiomer of 2',3'-dideoxy-3'-thiacytidine in normal human bone marrow progenitor cells", BIOCHEMICAL PHARMACOLOGY, vol. 44, 1992, pages 1921 - 1925, XP025541685, DOI: doi:10.1016/0006-2952(92)90093-X
STARRETT ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 37, 1994, pages 1857 - 1864
STUYVER ET AL., JOURNAL OF VIROLOGY, vol. 77, 2003, pages 10689 - 10694
STUYVER ET AL.: "Ribonucleoside analogue that blocks replication of bovine viral diarrhea and hepatitis C viruses in culture", ANTIMICROBIAL AGENTS AND CHEMOTHERAPY, vol. 47, 2003, pages 244 - 254, XP055169861, DOI: doi:10.1128/AAC.47.1.244-254.2003
SUDO K. ET AL., ANTIVIRAL CHEMISTRY AND CHEMOTHERAPY, vol. 9, 1998, pages 186
SUDO K. ET AL., ANTIVIRAL RESEARCH, vol. 32, 1996, pages 9 - 18
SUDO K. ET AL., BIOCHEMICAL AND BIOPHYSICAL RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS, vol. 238, 1997, pages 643 - 647
T.W. GREENE; P.G.M. WUTS: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," 3rd ed.,", 1999, JOHN WILEY & SONS
TAKESHITA N. ET AL., ANALYTICAL BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 247, 1997, pages 242 - 246
TOME ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 67, 1993, pages 4017 - 4026
V. LOHMANN ET AL.: "Biochemical and Kinetic Analysis of NS5B RNA-Dependent RNA Polymerase of the Hepatitis C Virus", VIROLOGY, vol. 249, 1998, pages 108 - 118
WARRENER; COLLETT, J. VIROL., vol. 69, 1995, pages 1720 - 1726
WISKERCHEN; COLLETT, VIROLOGY, vol. 184, 1991, pages 341 - 350
XU ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 71, 1997, pages 53 12 - 5322
YUAN ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMM., vol. 232, 1997, pages 231 - 235
ZHONG ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 72, 1998, pages 9365 - 9369
ZON, PROGRESS IN MED. CHEM., vol. 19, 1982, pages 1205

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2604620B1 (en) 2016-06-29
PT3521297T (en) 2022-03-18
CY1118020T1 (en) 2017-05-17
AU2004253860A2 (en) 2005-01-13
CA2527657C (en) 2011-06-14
PL2604620T3 (en) 2016-12-30
US20190315792A1 (en) 2019-10-17
PL2604620T5 (en) 2024-10-14
IL210367A0 (en) 2011-03-31
AU2004253860A1 (en) 2005-01-13
EP2345657A1 (en) 2011-07-20
AU2004253860B2 (en) 2009-06-11
DK2604620T4 (en) 2024-09-16
EP1633766A2 (en) 2006-03-15
US20080070861A1 (en) 2008-03-20
NZ543867A (en) 2009-05-31
CY2016052I1 (en) 2017-07-12
NO20110547L (en) 2005-12-28
EP1633766B1 (en) 2019-03-06
FI2604620T4 (en) 2024-09-11
WO2005003147A2 (en) 2005-01-13
KR20060020649A (en) 2006-03-06
SI2604620T1 (en) 2016-10-28
CN100503628C (en) 2009-06-24
ES2726998T3 (en) 2019-10-11
DK2604620T3 (en) 2016-10-03
NO333700B1 (en) 2013-08-26
HRP20160873T1 (en) 2016-09-23
BRPI0410846B1 (en) 2019-01-15
CA2734052A1 (en) 2005-01-13
TR201906767T4 (en) 2019-05-21
AR082068A2 (en) 2012-11-07
US20050009737A1 (en) 2005-01-13
JP5266357B2 (en) 2013-08-21
SI1633766T1 (en) 2019-06-28
AR082064A2 (en) 2012-11-07
BRPI0419345B1 (en) 2020-12-22
JP2006526629A (en) 2006-11-24
WO2005003147A3 (en) 2005-03-03
EP3521297A1 (en) 2019-08-07
EP2345658A1 (en) 2011-07-20
MXPA05012788A (en) 2006-02-22
EP2345661A1 (en) 2011-07-20
AR082067A2 (en) 2012-11-07
US10287311B2 (en) 2019-05-14
JP2011201882A (en) 2011-10-13
IL172259A (en) 2010-12-30
NO20110550L (en) 2005-12-28
TW200510445A (en) 2005-03-16
EP2604620B2 (en) 2024-06-19
ES2906207T3 (en) 2022-04-13
AR082066A2 (en) 2012-11-07
EP2604620B9 (en) 2024-10-23
PT2604620T (en) 2016-08-18
JP2011178795A (en) 2011-09-15
NO20110549L (en) 2005-12-28
HUS1600062I1 (en) 2017-01-30
US20110038833A1 (en) 2011-02-17
BRPI0410846B8 (en) 2021-05-25
CA2527657A1 (en) 2005-01-13
US7429572B2 (en) 2008-09-30
BR122018015050B1 (en) 2021-07-13
JP2011190263A (en) 2011-09-29
AR044566A1 (en) 2005-09-21
ZA200509521B (en) 2006-10-25
EP2345659A1 (en) 2011-07-20
BRPI0419345B8 (en) 2021-05-25
RU2005141176A (en) 2006-06-27
SI2604620T2 (en) 2024-10-30
EP4032897A1 (en) 2022-07-27
PL1633766T3 (en) 2019-09-30
EP3521297B1 (en) 2021-12-22
ES2586668T3 (en) 2016-10-18
LT2604620T (en) 2016-09-12
US20090004135A1 (en) 2009-01-01
NO20056221L (en) 2005-12-28
KR100883703B1 (en) 2009-02-12
CA2733842A1 (en) 2005-01-13
LTPA2016046I1 (en) 2017-01-10
CN1816558A (en) 2006-08-09
PT1633766T (en) 2019-06-04
CA2734066A1 (en) 2005-01-13
CA2734055A1 (en) 2005-01-13
MY138477A (en) 2009-06-30
PL3521297T3 (en) 2022-04-04
US8415322B2 (en) 2013-04-09
AR114929A2 (en) 2020-11-11
US20080253995A1 (en) 2008-10-16
NO20110548L (en) 2005-12-28
JP2011190264A (en) 2011-09-29
HUE029877T2 (en) 2017-04-28
RU2358979C2 (en) 2009-06-20
SI3521297T1 (en) 2022-04-29
HRP20160873T4 (en) 2024-10-11
CO5660270A2 (en) 2006-07-31
BRPI0410846A (en) 2006-06-27
US20090036666A1 (en) 2009-02-05
TWI333956B (en) 2010-12-01
JP4958158B2 (en) 2012-06-20
CY2016052I2 (en) 2017-07-12
US20120245335A1 (en) 2012-09-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20190315792A1 (en) Modified fluorinated nucleoside analogues
JP2006526629A5 (en)

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

AC Divisional application: reference to earlier application

Ref document number: 1633766

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: P

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LI LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: HR LT LV

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20131218

RAX Requested extension states of the european patent have changed

Extension state: LT

Payment date: 20131218

Extension state: HR

Payment date: 20131218

Extension state: LV

Payment date: 20131218

RBV Designated contracting states (corrected)

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LI LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR

TPAC Observations filed by third parties

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNTIPA

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: DE

Ref document number: 1187349

Country of ref document: HK

TPAC Observations filed by third parties

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNTIPA

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20150609

TPAC Observations filed by third parties

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNTIPA

GRAP Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1

GRAS Grant fee paid

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR3

INTG Intention to grant announced

Effective date: 20160420

RIN1 Information on inventor provided before grant (corrected)

Inventor name: CLARK, JEREMY

GRAR Information related to intention to grant a patent recorded

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR71

GRAA (expected) grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE PATENT HAS BEEN GRANTED

INTG Intention to grant announced

Effective date: 20160519

AC Divisional application: reference to earlier application

Ref document number: 1633766

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: P

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: B1

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LI LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: HR LT LV

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: FG4D

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: EP

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HR

Ref legal event code: TUEP

Ref document number: P20160873

Country of ref document: HR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: REF

Ref document number: 809022

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20160715

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: NV

Representative=s name: MARKS AND CLERK (LUXEMBOURG) LLP, CH

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: FG4D

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R096

Ref document number: 602004049532

Country of ref document: DE

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: PT

Ref legal event code: SC4A

Ref document number: 2604620

Country of ref document: PT

Date of ref document: 20160818

Kind code of ref document: T

Free format text: AVAILABILITY OF NATIONAL TRANSLATION

Effective date: 20160809

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: RO

Ref legal event code: EPE

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HR

Ref legal event code: T1PR

Ref document number: P20160873

Country of ref document: HR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: NL

Ref legal event code: FP

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DK

Ref legal event code: T3

Effective date: 20160929

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: SE

Ref legal event code: TRGR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: ES

Ref legal event code: FG2A

Ref document number: 2586668

Country of ref document: ES

Kind code of ref document: T3

Effective date: 20161018

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: EE

Ref legal event code: FG4A

Ref document number: E012498

Country of ref document: EE

Effective date: 20160923

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FI

Ref legal event code: SPCF

Spc suppl protection certif: C20160059

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FR

Ref legal event code: CP

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-DEOXY-2'-FLUORO-2'-C-METHYLURIDINE-5'-TRIPHOSPHATE; REGISTRATION NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894 (001-002) 20140117

Spc suppl protection certif: 16C0045

Filing date: 20161222

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IT

Ref legal event code: SPCF

Ref document number: 502016000087458

Country of ref document: IT

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: GS-461203(SOVALDI); AUTHORISATION NUMBER(S) AND DATE(S): EU/1/13/894, 20140117

Spc suppl protection certif: 132016000130801

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: NL

Ref legal event code: SPCF

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-DESOXY-2'-FLUOR-2'-C-METHYLURIDINE-5'-TRIFOSFAAT; REGISTRATION NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894 (001-002) 17/01/2014

Spc suppl protection certif: 300855

Filing date: 20161221

Expiry date: 20240420

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: SPCF

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'DESOXY-2'FLUOR-2'-C-METHYLURIDIN-5'-TRIPHOSPHAT; REGISTRATION NO/DATE: SWISSMEDIC 63218 18.03.2014

Filing date: 20161222

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: LT

Ref legal event code: SPCF

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-DEOKSI-2'-FLUOR-2'-C-METILURIDINO-5'-TRIFOSFATAS; REGISTRATION NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894 20140116

Spc suppl protection certif: PA2016046

Filing date: 20161221

Expiry date: 20240421

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: EE

Ref legal event code: AA1Y

Ref document number: E012498

Country of ref document: EE

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: SOFOSBUVIIR;REG NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894 17.01.2014

Spc suppl protection certif: C20160049

Filing date: 20161221

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DK

Ref legal event code: CTFF

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-DEOXY-2'-FLUORO-2'-C-METHYLURIDINE-5'-TRIPHOSPHATE, SOFOSBUVIR; REG. NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894/001-002 20140117

Spc suppl protection certif: CA 2016 00067

Filing date: 20161221

Expiry date: 20240421

Extension date: 20290117

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: SPCF

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-FLOURO-2'-C-METHYLURIDINE-5'-TRIPHOSPHATE; REGISTRATION NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894 20140116

Spc suppl protection certif: 2016/065

Filing date: 20161222

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R065

Ref document number: 602004049532

Country of ref document: DE

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'DEOXY-2'FLUORO-2'-C-METHYLURIDIN-5'-TRIPHOSPHAT; REGISTRATION NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894 20140116

Spc suppl protection certif: 122016000113

Filing date: 20161222

Expiry date: 20240422

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HU

Ref legal event code: AA1S

Ref document number: E029877

Country of ref document: HU

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-DEOXY-2'-FLUORO-2'-C-METHYLURIDINE-5'-TRIPHOSPATE; REGISTRATION NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894 20140117

Spc suppl protection certif: S1600062

Filing date: 20161221

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: CTFF

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-DEOXY-2'-FLUORO-2'-C-METHYLURIDINE-5'-TRIPHOSPHATE; REGISTERED: UK EU/1/13/894(001-002) 20140117

Spc suppl protection certif: SPC/GB17/002

Filing date: 20161219

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: SK

Ref legal event code: T3

Ref document number: E 22186

Country of ref document: SK

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: SE

Ref legal event code: SPCF

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2R)-2-DEOXY-2-FLUORO-2-C-METHYLURIDINE-5-TRIPHOSPHATE; REG. NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894 20140117

Spc suppl protection certif: 1690065-6

Filing date: 20161222

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: SPCF

Ref document number: 809022

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2' R) -2' -DEOXY-2' -FLUORO-2' -C-METHYLURIDINE-5' -TRIPHOSPHATE; NAT. REGISTRATION NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894 (MITTEILUNG) 20140117; FIRST REGISTRATION: EU/1/13/894 21040117

Spc suppl protection certif: 68/2016

Filing date: 20161220

Effective date: 20170215

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GR

Ref legal event code: EP

Ref document number: 20160402337

Country of ref document: GR

Effective date: 20170117

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R026

Ref document number: 602004049532

Country of ref document: DE

PLBI Opposition filed

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009260

PLBI Opposition filed

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009260

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FR

Ref legal event code: PLFP

Year of fee payment: 14

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HU

Ref legal event code: AG4A

Ref document number: E029877

Country of ref document: HU

26 Opposition filed

Opponent name: MEDECINS DU MONDE ET AL

Effective date: 20170327

Opponent name: MEDICI SENZA FRONTIERE ONLUS ET AL

Effective date: 20170327

Opponent name: EUROPEAN PUBLIC HEALTH ALLIANCE (EPHA) ET AL

Effective date: 20170327

PLAX Notice of opposition and request to file observation + time limit sent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNOBS2

26 Opposition filed

Opponent name: GILLARD, RICHARD EDWARD

Effective date: 20170329

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IT

Ref legal event code: SPCG

Ref document number: 502016000087458

Country of ref document: IT

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: GS-461203(SOVALDI); AUTHORISATION NUMBER(S) AND DATE(S): EU/1/13/894, 20140117

Spc suppl protection certif: 132016000130801

Extension date: 20290115

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: LU

Ref legal event code: SPCG

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-DEOXY-2'-FLUORO-2'-C-METHYLURIDINE-5'-TRIPHOSPHATE (GS-461203); AUTHORISATION NUMBER AND DATE: EU/1/13/894 (001-002)

Spc suppl protection certif: 93391

Filing date: 20161222

Expiry date: 20240421

Extension date: 20290117

Effective date: 20170317

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: SK

Ref legal event code: SPCF

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-DEOXY-2'-FLUOR-2'-C-METYLURIDIN-5'-TRIFOSFAT; REGISTRATION NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894/001 - EU/1/13/894/002 20140117

Spc suppl protection certif: 5035-2016

Filing date: 20161222

PLBB Reply of patent proprietor to notice(s) of opposition received

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNOBS3

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: WD

Ref document number: 1187349

Country of ref document: HK

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: GR

Ref document number: 1187349

Country of ref document: HK

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FR

Ref legal event code: PLFP

Year of fee payment: 15

PLAB Opposition data, opponent's data or that of the opponent's representative modified

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009299OPPO

APBM Appeal reference recorded

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNREFNO

APBP Date of receipt of notice of appeal recorded

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNNOA2O

APAH Appeal reference modified

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSCREFNO

APAW Appeal reference deleted

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSDREFNO

R26 Opposition filed (corrected)

Opponent name: GILLARD, RICHARD EDWARD

Effective date: 20170329

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: SPCR

Ref document number: 809022

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2' R) -2' -DEOXY-2' -FLUORO-2' -C-METHYLURIDINE-5' -TRIPHOSPHATE; NAT. REGISTRATION NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894 (MITTEILUNG) 20140117; FIRST REGISTRATION: EU/1/13/894 21040117

Spc suppl protection certif: 68/2016

Filing date: 20161220

Effective date: 20190115

PLAB Opposition data, opponent's data or that of the opponent's representative modified

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009299OPPO

APBQ Date of receipt of statement of grounds of appeal recorded

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNNOA3O

APBQ Date of receipt of statement of grounds of appeal recorded

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNNOA3O

R26 Opposition filed (corrected)

Opponent name: MEDICI SENZA FRONTIERE ONLUS ET AL

Effective date: 20170327

Opponent name: MEDECINS DU MONDE ET AL

Effective date: 20170327

Opponent name: EUROPEAN PUBLIC HEALTH ALLIANCE (EPHA) ET AL

Effective date: 20170327

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HR

Ref legal event code: ODRP

Ref document number: P20160873

Country of ref document: HR

Payment date: 20190405

Year of fee payment: 16

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: NL

Ref legal event code: SPCD

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-DESOXY-2'-FLUOR-2'-C-METHYLURIDINE-5'-TRIFOSFAAT; REGISTRATION NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894 (001-002) 20140117

Spc suppl protection certif: 300855

Filing date: 20161221

Expiry date: 20240420

Extension date: 20290116

Effective date: 20190820

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: SE

Ref legal event code: SPCR

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-DEOXY-2'-FLUORO-2'-C-METHYLURIDINE-5'-TRIPHOSPHATE

Spc suppl protection certif: 1690065-6

Effective date: 20190926

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FR

Ref legal event code: CX

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-DEOXY-2'-FLUORO-2'-C-METHYLURIDINE-5'-TRIPHOSPHATE; REGISTRATION NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894 (001-002) 20140117

Spc suppl protection certif: 16C0045

Filing date: 20161222

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HR

Ref legal event code: ODRP

Ref document number: P20160873

Country of ref document: HR

Payment date: 20200407

Year of fee payment: 17

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: SK

Ref legal event code: SPCR

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-DEOXY-2'-FLUOR-2'-C-METYLURIDIN-5'-TRIFOSFAT; REGISTRATION NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894/001 - EU/1/13/894/002 20140117

Spc suppl protection certif: 5035-2016

Filing date: 20161222

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: SPCR

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-FLOURO-2'-C-METHYLURIDINE-5'-TRIPHOSPHATE; REGISTRATION NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894 20140116

Spc suppl protection certif: 2016/065

Filing date: 20161222

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HR

Ref legal event code: ODRP

Ref document number: P20160873

Country of ref document: HR

Payment date: 20210420

Year of fee payment: 18

PLAB Opposition data, opponent's data or that of the opponent's representative modified

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009299OPPO

R26 Opposition filed (corrected)

Opponent name: EUROPEAN PUBLIC HEALTH ALLIANCE (EPHA) ET AL

Effective date: 20170327

Opponent name: MEDECINS DU MONDE ET AL

Effective date: 20170327

Opponent name: MEDICI SENZA FRONTIERE ONLUS ET AL

Effective date: 20170327

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: CTFR

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-DEOXY-2'-FLUORO-2'-C-METHYLURIDINE-5'-TRIPHOSPHATE; REGISTERED: UK EU/1/13/894(001-002) 20140117

Spc suppl protection certif: SPC/GB17/002

Filing date: 20161219

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HR

Ref legal event code: ODRP

Ref document number: P20160873

Country of ref document: HR

Payment date: 20220420

Year of fee payment: 19

PLAB Opposition data, opponent's data or that of the opponent's representative modified

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009299OPPO

R26 Opposition filed (corrected)

Opponent name: AIDES

Effective date: 20170327

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FI

Ref legal event code: SPCL

Spc suppl protection certif: C20160059

PLAB Opposition data, opponent's data or that of the opponent's representative modified

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009299OPPO

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: RO

Payment date: 20230324

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: MC

Payment date: 20230330

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: IE

Payment date: 20230310

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: FR

Payment date: 20230309

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: CZ

Payment date: 20230329

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: BG

Payment date: 20230317

Year of fee payment: 20

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HR

Ref legal event code: ODRP

Ref document number: P20160873

Country of ref document: HR

Payment date: 20230316

Year of fee payment: 20

R26 Opposition filed (corrected)

Opponent name: MEDECINS DU MONDE ET AL

Effective date: 20170327

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SK

Payment date: 20230313

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: SE

Payment date: 20230310

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: PL

Payment date: 20230307

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: IT

Payment date: 20230310

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: GR

Payment date: 20230315

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: GB

Payment date: 20230302

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: EE

Payment date: 20230306

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: BE

Payment date: 20230315

Year of fee payment: 20

PLAB Opposition data, opponent's data or that of the opponent's representative modified

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009299OPPO

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: SPCW

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'DESOXY-2'FLUOR-2'-C-METHYLURIDIN-5'-TRIPHOSPHAT; REGISTRATION NO/DATE: SWISSMEDIC-ZULASSUNG 63218 18.03.2014

Spc suppl protection certif: C02604620/01

PLAB Opposition data, opponent's data or that of the opponent's representative modified

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009299OPPO

P01 Opt-out of the competence of the unified patent court (upc) registered

Effective date: 20230518

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: NL

Payment date: 20230314

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: LU

Payment date: 20230414

Year of fee payment: 20

R26 Opposition filed (corrected)

Opponent name: AIDES

Effective date: 20170327

P02 Opt-out of the competence of the unified patent court (upc) changed

Effective date: 20230527

R26 Opposition filed (corrected)

Opponent name: MEDICI SENZA FRONTIERE ONLUS ET AL

Effective date: 20170327

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: PT

Payment date: 20230420

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: ES

Payment date: 20230511

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: DK

Payment date: 20230414

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: DE

Payment date: 20230307

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: CY

Payment date: 20230324

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: CH

Payment date: 20230502

Year of fee payment: 20

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: TR

Payment date: 20230418

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: SI

Payment date: 20230315

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: HU

Payment date: 20230320

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: FI

Payment date: 20230411

Year of fee payment: 20

Ref country code: AT

Payment date: 20230327

Year of fee payment: 20

APBU Appeal procedure closed

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNNOA9O

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: BE

Ref legal event code: SPCF

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: SOFOSBUVLR DONT LE PRINCIPE ACTIF EST LE (2 ' R)-2 ' -DEOXY-2'-FLUORO-2' -C-METHYLURIDINE-5'-TRIPHOSPHATE (GS-461203); AUTHORISATION NUMBER AND DATE: EU/1/13/894 20140117

Spc suppl protection certif: 2016C/076

Filing date: 20161221

Expiry date: 20240421

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R071

Ref document number: 602004049532

Country of ref document: DE

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DK

Ref legal event code: EUP

Expiry date: 20240421

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: NL

Ref legal event code: MK

Effective date: 20240420

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: PL

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION

Effective date: 20240422

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: ES

Ref legal event code: FD2A

Effective date: 20240506

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: SK

Ref legal event code: MK4A

Ref document number: E 22186

Country of ref document: SK

Expiry date: 20240421

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: LT

Ref legal event code: SPCR

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2'R)-2'-DEOKSI-2'-FLUOR-2'-C-METILURIDINO-5'-TRIFOSFATAS; REGISTRATION NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894 20140116

Spc suppl protection certif: PA2016046

Filing date: 20161221

Expiry date: 20240421

Effective date: 20240510

Ref country code: LT

Ref legal event code: MM9A

Effective date: 20240421

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: BE

Ref legal event code: MK

Effective date: 20240421

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: PE20

Expiry date: 20240420

PUAH Patent maintained in amended form

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009272

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: PATENT MAINTAINED AS AMENDED

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: SE

Ref legal event code: EUG

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION

Effective date: 20240422

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: MK9A

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: MK07

Ref document number: 809022

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20240421

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: EE

Ref legal event code: FC1Y

Ref document number: E012498

Country of ref document: EE

Free format text: PRODUCT NAME: (2 R)-2 -DEOKSUE-2 -FLUORO-2 -C-METUEUELURIDIIN-5 -TRIFOSFAAT;REG NO/DATE: EU/1/13/894 17.01.2014

Spc suppl protection certif: C20160049

Filing date: 20161221

27A Patent maintained in amended form

Effective date: 20240619

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: B2

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LI LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R102

Ref document number: 602004049532

Country of ref document: DE

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION

Effective date: 20240421

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: GB

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION

Effective date: 20240420

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: ES

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION

Effective date: 20240422

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CZ

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION

Effective date: 20240421

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION

Effective date: 20240421

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION

Effective date: 20240421

Ref country code: IE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION

Effective date: 20240421

Ref country code: GB

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION

Effective date: 20240420

Ref country code: ES

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION

Effective date: 20240422

Ref country code: CZ

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION

Effective date: 20240421

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: PT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION

Effective date: 20240503

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: PT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF EXPIRATION OF PROTECTION

Effective date: 20240503

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DK

Ref legal event code: T4

Effective date: 20240913

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: ES

Ref legal event code: FD2A

Effective date: 20240927

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: PK

Free format text: BERICHTIGUNG B9

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: SE

Ref legal event code: RPEO

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: SK

Ref legal event code: T5

Ref document number: E 22186

Country of ref document: SK

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HR

Ref legal event code: T4IZ

Ref document number: P20160873

Country of ref document: HR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: EE

Ref legal event code: LD4A

Ref document number: E012498

Country of ref document: EE